2af9e60d311bf1ca8270aadb0acd28deb58203f8
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008-2010 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * Debug Adapter Hardware:: Debug Adapter Hardware
65 * About Jim-Tcl:: About Jim-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Debug Adapter Configuration:: Debug Adapter Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * Flash Programming:: Flash Programming
76 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
77 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
78 * General Commands:: General Commands
79 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
80 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
81 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
82 * TFTP:: TFTP
83 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
84 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
85 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
86 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
87 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
88
89 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
90 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
91 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
92 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
93 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
94 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
95 @end menu
96
97 @node About
98 @unnumbered About
99 @cindex about
100
101 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
102 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
103 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
104 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
105 around the world.
106
107 @section What is OpenOCD?
108 @cindex TAP
109 @cindex JTAG
110
111 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
112 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
113 devices.
114
115 It does so with the assistance of a @dfn{debug adapter}, which is
116 a small hardware module which helps provide the right kind of
117 electrical signaling to the target being debugged. These are
118 required since the debug host (on which OpenOCD runs) won't
119 usually have native support for such signaling, or the connector
120 needed to hook up to the target.
121
122 Such debug adapters support one or more @dfn{transport} protocols,
123 each of which involves different electrical signaling (and uses
124 different messaging protocols on top of that signaling). There
125 are many types of debug adapter, and little uniformity in what
126 they are called. (There are also product naming differences.)
127
128 These adapters are sometimes packaged as discrete dongles, which
129 may generically be called @dfn{hardware interface dongles}.
130 Some development boards also integrate them directly, which may
131 let the development board can be directly connected to the debug
132 host over USB (and sometimes also to power it over USB).
133
134 For example, a @dfn{JTAG Adapter} supports JTAG
135 signaling, and is used to communicate
136 with JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
137 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
138 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
139 between chips and boards. JTAG supports debugging and boundary
140 scan operations.
141
142 There are also @dfn{SWD Adapters} that support Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
143 signaling to communicate with some newer ARM cores, as well as debug
144 adapters which support both JTAG and SWD transports. SWD only supports
145 debugging, whereas JTAG also supports boundary scan operations.
146
147 For some chips, there are also @dfn{Programming Adapters} supporting
148 special transports used only to write code to flash memory, without
149 support for on-chip debugging or boundary scan.
150 (At this writing, OpenOCD does not support such non-debug adapters.)
151
152
153 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
154 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
155 OpenOCD internally. @xref{Debug Adapter Hardware}.
156
157 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
158 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
159 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3, ST STM32 and Energy Micro EFM32) based cores to be
160 debugged via the GDB protocol.
161
162 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
163 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
164 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC1800, LPC2000, LPC4300, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U,
165 STR7x, STR9x, LM3, STM32x and EFM32). Preliminary support for various NAND flash
166 controllers (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
167
168 @section OpenOCD Web Site
169
170 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
171
172 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/}
173
174 @section Latest User's Guide:
175
176 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
177 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
178 Its HTML form is published regularly at:
179
180 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/html/index.html}
181
182 PDF form is likewise published at:
183
184 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
185
186 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
187
188 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
189 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
190 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
191 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
192 instead of this forum.
193
194 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
195
196 @section OpenOCD User's Mailing List
197
198 The OpenOCD User Mailing List provides the primary means of
199 communication between users:
200
201 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-user}
202
203 @section OpenOCD IRC
204
205 Support can also be found on irc:
206 @uref{irc://irc.freenode.net/openocd}
207
208 @node Developers
209 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
210 @cindex developers
211
212 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
213 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
214 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
215 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
216
217 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
218 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
219
220 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
221
222 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
223 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
224
225 @uref{git://git.code.sf.net/p/openocd/code}
226
227 or via http
228
229 @uref{http://git.code.sf.net/p/openocd/code}
230
231 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
232
233 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
234
235 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
236 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
237 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
238 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
239 needing a GIT client:
240
241 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
242
243 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
244 from the repository or a snapshot.
245
246 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
247 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
248 Patches created against older versions may require additional
249 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
250
251 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
252
253 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
254 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
255 technical information about the software internals, development
256 processes, and similar documentation:
257
258 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/html/index.html}
259
260 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
261 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
262 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
263
264 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
265
266 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
267 communication between developers:
268
269 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-devel}
270
271 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
272 The @file{HACKING} file contains basic information about how
273 to prepare patches.
274
275 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
276
277 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
278 using Trac for its bug database:
279
280 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
281
282
283 @node Debug Adapter Hardware
284 @chapter Debug Adapter Hardware
285 @cindex dongles
286 @cindex FTDI
287 @cindex wiggler
288 @cindex zy1000
289 @cindex printer port
290 @cindex USB Adapter
291 @cindex RTCK
292
293 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
294 an adapter .... [snip]
295
296 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapter} that
297 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. One
298 exception is the Zylin ZY1000, packaged as a small box you attach via
299 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
300 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
301 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
302 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
303
304
305 @section Choosing a Dongle
306
307 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
308
309 @enumerate
310 @item @b{Transport} Does it support the kind of communication that you need?
311 OpenOCD focusses mostly on JTAG. Your version may also support
312 other ways to communicate with target devices.
313 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
314 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
315 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
316 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
317 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
318 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
319 Ethernet port needed?
320 @item @b{RTCK} Do you expect to use it with ARM chips and boards with
321 RTCK support? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
322 @end enumerate
323
324 @section Stand alone Systems
325
326 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.ultsol.com/index.php/component/content/article/8/33-zylin-zy1000-jtag-probe}
327 Technically, not a dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
328 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
329 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
330 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
331
332 @section USB FT2232 Based
333
334 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
335 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
336 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
337 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
338 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
339 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters. (Adapters
340 using those high speed FT2232H chips may support adaptive clocking.)
341
342 The FT2232 chips are flexible enough to support some other
343 transport options, such as SWD or the SPI variants used to
344 program some chips. They have two communications channels,
345 and one can be used for a UART adapter at the same time the
346 other one is used to provide a debug adapter.
347
348 Also, some development boards integrate an FT2232 chip to serve as
349 a built-in low cost debug adapter and usb-to-serial solution.
350
351 @itemize @bullet
352 @item @b{usbjtag}
353 @* Link @url{http://elk.informatik.fh-augsburg.de/hhweb/doc/openocd/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
354 @item @b{jtagkey}
355 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
356 @item @b{jtagkey2}
357 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
358 @item @b{oocdlink}
359 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
360 @item @b{signalyzer}
361 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
362 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
363 @* See: @url{http://www.ti.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
364 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
365 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
366 These boards can also be used in a "pass through" mode as JTAG adapters
367 to other target boards, disabling the Stellaris chip.
368 @item @b{TI/Luminary ICDI}
369 @* See: @url{http://www.ti.com} - TI/Luminary In-Circuit Debug
370 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B9x
371 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
372 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
373 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
374 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
375 @item @b{Flyswatter/Flyswatter2}
376 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
377 @item @b{turtelizer2}
378 @* See:
379 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
380 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
381 @item @b{comstick}
382 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
383 @item @b{stm32stick}
384 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
385 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
386 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com} - NOTE: This JTAG does not appear
387 to be available anymore as of April 2012.
388 @item @b{cortino}
389 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
390 @item @b{dlp-usb1232h}
391 @* Link @url{http://www.dlpdesign.com/usb/usb1232h.shtml}
392 @item @b{digilent-hs1}
393 @* Link @url{http://www.digilentinc.com/Products/Detail.cfm?Prod=JTAG-HS1}
394 @item @b{opendous}
395 @* Link @url{http://code.google.com/p/opendous/wiki/JTAG} FT2232H-based
396 (OpenHardware).
397 @end itemize
398
399 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
400
401 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
402 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
403 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
404 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
405 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
406
407 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
408 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
409 (see the section on driver commands).
410
411 @itemize
412 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
413 @* Link: @url{http://ixo-jtag.sourceforge.net/}
414 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
415 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
416 @end itemize
417
418 @section USB JLINK based
419 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
420 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
421 AT91SAM764 internally.
422
423 @itemize @bullet
424 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
425 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
426 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
427 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
428 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
429 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/en/products/hardware-debug-probes/iar-j-link/}
430 @end itemize
431
432 @section USB RLINK based
433 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer,
434 permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for
435 SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
436
437 @itemize @bullet
438 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
439 @* Link: @url{http://www.mcu-raisonance.com/~rlink-debugger-programmer__microcontrollers__tool~tool__T018:4cn9ziz4bnx6.html}
440 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
441 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
442 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
443 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
444 @end itemize
445
446 @section USB ST-LINK based
447 ST Micro has an adapter called @b{ST-LINK}.
448 They only work with ST Micro chips, notably STM32 and STM8.
449
450 @itemize @bullet
451 @item @b{ST-LINK}
452 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32VLDISCOVERY.
453 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/219866.jsp}
454 @item @b{ST-LINK/V2}
455 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32F4DISCOVERY.
456 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/251168.jsp}
457 @end itemize
458
459 For info the original ST-LINK enumerates using the mass storage usb class, however
460 it's implementation is completely broken. The result is this causes issues under linux.
461 The simplest solution is to get linux to ignore the ST-LINK using one of the following methods:
462 @itemize @bullet
463 @item modprobe -r usb-storage && modprobe usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i
464 @item add "options usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i" to /etc/modprobe.conf
465 @end itemize
466
467 @section USB TI/Stellaris ICDI based
468 Texas Instruments has an adapter called @b{ICDI}.
469 It is not to be confused with the FTDI based adapters that were originally fitted to their
470 evaluation boards. This is the adapter fitted to the Stellaris LaunchPad.
471
472 @section USB Other
473 @itemize @bullet
474 @item @b{USBprog}
475 @* Link: @url{http://shop.embedded-projects.net/} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
476
477 @item @b{USB - Presto}
478 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
479
480 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
481 @* Link: @url{http://www.versaloon.com}
482
483 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
484 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
485
486 @item @b{Buspirate}
487 @* Link: @url{http://dangerousprototypes.com/bus-pirate-manual/}
488
489 @item @b{opendous}
490 @* Link: @url{http://code.google.com/p/opendous-jtag/} - which uses an AT90USB162
491
492 @item @b{estick}
493 @* Link: @url{http://code.google.com/p/estick-jtag/}
494
495 @item @b{Keil ULINK v1}
496 @* Link: @url{http://www.keil.com/ulink1/}
497 @end itemize
498
499 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
500
501 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
502 and the Macraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
503 these on the market.
504
505 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
506 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
507 of USB-based ones.
508
509 @itemize @bullet
510
511 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
512 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
513
514 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
515 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
516 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
517
518 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
519 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
520
521 @item @b{GW16402}
522 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
523
524 @item @b{Wiggler2}
525 @* Link: @url{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/~michaels/index.php/hardware/armjtag}
526
527 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
528 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
529
530 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
531 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
532
533 @item @b{arm-jtag}
534 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
535
536 @item @b{chameleon}
537 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
538
539 @item @b{Triton}
540 @* Unknown.
541
542 @item @b{Lattice}
543 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
544 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
545
546 @item @b{flashlink}
547 @* From ST Microsystems;
548 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/com/TECHNICAL_RESOURCES/TECHNICAL_LITERATURE/DATA_BRIEF/DM00039500.pdf}
549
550 @end itemize
551
552 @section Other...
553 @itemize @bullet
554
555 @item @b{ep93xx}
556 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
557
558 @item @b{at91rm9200}
559 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
560
561 @end itemize
562
563 @node About Jim-Tcl
564 @chapter About Jim-Tcl
565 @cindex Jim-Tcl
566 @cindex tcl
567
568 OpenOCD uses a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as Jim-Tcl.
569 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
570 command interpreter.
571
572 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to Jim-Tcl.
573 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
574 much of anything about Tcl.
575 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
576
577 You can learn more about Jim at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
578 There is an active and responsive community, get on the mailing list
579 if you have any questions. Jim-Tcl maintainers also lurk on the
580 OpenOCD mailing list.
581
582 @itemize @bullet
583 @item @b{Jim vs. Tcl}
584 @* Jim-Tcl is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
585 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. Jim-Tcl has far
586 fewer features. Jim-Tcl is several dozens of .C files and .H files and
587 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
588 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
589
590 @item @b{Missing Features}
591 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
592 needed. We welcome Jim-Tcl improvements, not bloat. Also there
593 are a large number of optional Jim-Tcl features that are not
594 enabled in OpenOCD.
595
596 @item @b{Scripts}
597 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are Jim-Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
598 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
599 Jim-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
600
601 @item @b{Commands}
602 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB monitor command) one
603 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
604 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
605 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
606
607 @item @b{Historical Note}
608 @* Jim-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008. Fall 2010,
609 before OpenOCD 0.5 release OpenOCD switched to using Jim Tcl
610 as a git submodule, which greatly simplified upgrading Jim Tcl
611 to benefit from new features and bugfixes in Jim Tcl.
612
613 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
614 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
615 @end itemize
616
617 @node Running
618 @chapter Running
619 @cindex command line options
620 @cindex logfile
621 @cindex directory search
622
623 Properly installing OpenOCD sets up your operating system to grant it access
624 to the debug adapters. On Linux, this usually involves installing a file
625 in @file{/etc/udev/rules.d,} so OpenOCD has permissions. MS-Windows needs
626 complex and confusing driver configuration for every peripheral. Such issues
627 are unique to each operating system, and are not detailed in this User's Guide.
628
629 Then later you will invoke the OpenOCD server, with various options to
630 tell it how each debug session should work.
631 The @option{--help} option shows:
632 @verbatim
633 bash$ openocd --help
634
635 --help | -h display this help
636 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
637 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
638 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
639 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
640 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
641 --command | -c run <command>
642 @end verbatim
643
644 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
645 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
646 To specify one or more different
647 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
648
649 @example
650 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
651 @end example
652
653 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
654 @enumerate
655 @item the current directory,
656 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
657 @item any search dir specified using the @command{add_script_search_dir} command,
658 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
659 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
660 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
661 @end enumerate
662 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
663
664 @quotation Note
665 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
666 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
667 @end quotation
668
669 @section Simple setup, no customization
670
671 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
672 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
673 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
674 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
675 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
676
677 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
678 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
679 the server like:
680
681 @example
682 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
683 @end example
684
685 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
686 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
687 If all goes well you'll see output something like
688
689 @example
690 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
691 For bug reports, read
692 http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
693 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
694 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
695 @end example
696
697 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
698 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
699 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
700
701 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
702
703 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
704 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
705 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
706 @xref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage}.
707 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
708 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
709 ensure that this always succeeds.
710 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
711 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
712 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
713 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
714
715 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
716 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
717 those channels.
718
719 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
720 the @option{-d} option.
721
722 Also it is possible to interleave Jim-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
723 @option{-c} command line switch.
724
725 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
726 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
727 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
728 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
729 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
730 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level<n>}
731 (@pxref{debuglevel,,debug_level}).
732
733 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
734 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
735
736 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
737 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
738 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
739 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
740
741 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
742 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
743
744 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
745 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
746 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
747 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
748 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
749 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
750 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
751
752 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
753
754 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
755 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
756 and a USB cable on the other.
757 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
758 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
759
760 @enumerate
761 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
762 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
763 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
764 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
765 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
766 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
767 debugging host.
768
769 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
770 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
771 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
772 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
773 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
774
775 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
776 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
777 with 1.2 Volt boards.
778
779 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
780 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
781 ways to connect the cable.
782 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
783 Be sure it's firmly connected.
784
785 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
786 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
787 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
788 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
789 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
790 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
791 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
792 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
793
794 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
795 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
796 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
797 but are tedious to set up.
798 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
799 adapter signals to the right board pins.
800
801 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
802 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
803 you are using to run OpenOCD.
804 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
805
806 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
807 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
808 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
809
810 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
811 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
812 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
813
814 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
815 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
816 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
817 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
818
819 @end enumerate
820
821 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
822 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
823 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
824
825 @section Project Directory
826
827 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
828
829 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
830 single directory for your work with a given board.
831 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
832 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
833 files accessed through semihosting,
834 and for code you upload to the target board.
835 It is also the natural place to write files,
836 such as log files and data you download from the board.
837
838 @section Configuration Basics
839
840 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
841 a variety of ways you can mix them.
842 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
843
844 @itemize
845 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
846 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
847 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
848 @end itemize
849
850 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
851 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
852 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
853
854 @example
855 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
856
857 # GDB can also flash my flash!
858 gdb_memory_map enable
859 gdb_flash_program enable
860
861 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
862 @end example
863
864 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
865
866 @example
867 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
868 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
869 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
870 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
871 @end example
872
873 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
874 each supporting a different development task.
875 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
876 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
877
878 @quotation Important
879 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
880 problems with how it treats variables.
881 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
882 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
883 that can be tested in a later script.
884 @end quotation
885
886 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
887 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
888 to simplify your work.
889
890 @section User Config Files
891 @cindex config file, user
892 @cindex user config file
893 @cindex config file, overview
894
895 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
896 in one place.
897 One of the following will match your situation best:
898
899 @itemize
900 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
901 provided by someone else.
902 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
903 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
904 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
905 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
906 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
907 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
908
909 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
910 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
911
912 @enumerate
913 @item @b{interface} -- one for each different debug adapter;
914 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
915 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
916 @end enumerate
917
918 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
919 The first is an interface config file.
920 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
921 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
922 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
923 meet your deadline:
924
925 @example
926 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
927 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
928 @end example
929
930 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
931 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
932 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
933 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
934
935 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
936 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
937 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
938 Once you find the JTAG TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
939 target and board
940 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
941 @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
942
943 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
944 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
945 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
946 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
947
948 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
949 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
950 giving access to your particular flash chips.
951 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
952 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
953
954 @quotation Note
955 When you write new configuration files, please submit
956 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
957 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
958 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
959 will help support users of any board using that chip.
960 @end quotation
961
962 @item
963 You may may need to write some C code.
964 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
965 based adapter; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
966 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
967 a new chip architecture.
968 @end itemize
969
970 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
971 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
972 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
973
974 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
975 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
976 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
977 @itemize
978
979 @item
980 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
981 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
982 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
983 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
984
985 @item
986 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
987 @cindex vector_catch
988 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
989 and @command{cortex_m vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
990 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
991 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
992 along with messaging and tracing setup.
993 (@xref{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing,,Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
994
995 @item
996 You might need to override some defaults.
997 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
998 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
999
1000 @item
1001 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
1002 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
1003 a user config file. @xref{tcpipports,,TCP/IP Ports}.
1004 @end itemize
1005
1006 @section Project-Specific Utilities
1007
1008 A few project-specific utility
1009 routines may well speed up your work.
1010 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
1011
1012 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
1013 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
1014 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
1015 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
1016 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
1017 may help:
1018
1019 @example
1020 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
1021 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
1022 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
1023 # Leave the CPU halted.
1024 reset init
1025
1026 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
1027 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
1028
1029 # Start running.
1030 resume 0x20000000
1031 @}
1032 @end example
1033
1034 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
1035 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
1036 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
1037 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
1038 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
1039
1040 @example
1041 proc newboot @{ @} @{
1042 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
1043 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
1044 # "reset halt" would be slower.
1045 reset init
1046
1047 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
1048 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
1049 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
1050 flash protect 0 0 1 off
1051 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
1052 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
1053 flash protect 0 0 1 on
1054
1055 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
1056 reset run
1057 @}
1058 @end example
1059
1060 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
1061 from NAND.
1062 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
1063 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
1064 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
1065
1066 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
1067 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
1068
1069 @section Target Software Changes
1070
1071 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
1072 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
1073 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
1074 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
1075 handling issues like:
1076
1077 @itemize @bullet
1078
1079 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
1080 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
1081 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
1082 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
1083 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
1084 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
1085 your debug sessions.
1086
1087 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
1088 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
1089 That might however be your only option.
1090
1091 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
1092 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
1093 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
1094 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
1095 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
1096 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
1097 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
1098 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
1099 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
1100 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
1101 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
1102 instead of the whole thing.
1103 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
1104 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
1105
1106 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
1107 @cindex ARM semihosting
1108 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
1109 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
1110 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
1111 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
1112 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
1113 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
1114 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
1115 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
1116 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
1117 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
1118 NAND or SPI flash.
1119
1120 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1121 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1122 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1123 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1124 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1125
1126 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1127 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1128 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1129 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1130 registers which can be used to change various features including
1131 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1132 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1133 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1134 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1135 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1136
1137 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1138 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1139 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1140 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1141 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1142
1143 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1144 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1145 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1146 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1147 early code execution can be debugged
1148 or firmware can be replaced.
1149
1150 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1151 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1152 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1153 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1154 operations like writing to memory.)
1155
1156 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1157 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1158 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1159 various kinds of message.
1160 @xref{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing,,Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1161
1162 @end itemize
1163
1164 @section Target Hardware Setup
1165
1166 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1167 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1168 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1169 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1170 working with.}
1171
1172 Common issues include:
1173
1174 @itemize @bullet
1175
1176 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1177 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1178 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1179 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1180 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1181 or one from a daughtercard).
1182 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1183 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1184
1185 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1186 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1187 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1188 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1189 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1190 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1191
1192 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1193 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1194 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1195 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1196 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1197
1198
1199 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1200 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1201 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1202 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1203 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1204 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1205 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1206
1207 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1208 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1209 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1210 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1211 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1212
1213 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1214 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1215 used to start booting.
1216
1217 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1218 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1219 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1220 multiple audio codec chips).
1221 This interacts with software
1222 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1223 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1224 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1225 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1226 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1227 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1228 audio or video codecs are used.
1229
1230 @end itemize
1231
1232 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1233 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1234 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1235 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1236 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1237 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1238 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1239 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1240 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1241 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1242
1243
1244 @node Config File Guidelines
1245 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1246
1247 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1248 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1249 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1250 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1251
1252 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1253 with files including the ones listed here.
1254 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1255 @itemize @bullet
1256 @item @file{interface} ...
1257 These are for debug adapters.
1258 Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1259 @example
1260 $ ls interface
1261 altera-usb-blaster.cfg hilscher_nxhx50_etm.cfg openrd.cfg
1262 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hilscher_nxhx50_re.cfg osbdm.cfg
1263 arm-usb-ocd.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg parport.cfg
1264 at91rm9200.cfg icebear.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1265 axm0432.cfg jlink.cfg redbee-econotag.cfg
1266 busblaster.cfg jtagkey2.cfg redbee-usb.cfg
1267 buspirate.cfg jtagkey2p.cfg rlink.cfg
1268 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1269 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1270 calao-usb-a9260.cfg kt-link.cfg signalyzer-h2.cfg
1271 chameleon.cfg lisa-l.cfg signalyzer-h4.cfg
1272 cortino.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer-lite.cfg
1273 digilent-hs1.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stlink-v1.cfg
1274 dlp-usb1232h.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg stlink-v2.cfg
1275 dummy.cfg minimodule.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1276 estick.cfg neodb.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1277 flashlink.cfg ngxtech.cfg ulink.cfg
1278 flossjtag.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usb-jtag.cfg
1279 flossjtag-noeeprom.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd-h.cfg usbprog.cfg
1280 flyswatter2.cfg olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg vpaclink.cfg
1281 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
1282 hilscher_nxhx10_etm.cfg oocdlink.cfg xds100v2.cfg
1283 hilscher_nxhx500_etm.cfg opendous.cfg
1284 hilscher_nxhx500_re.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1285 $
1286 @end example
1287 @item @file{board} ...
1288 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1289 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1290 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1291 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1292 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1293 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1294 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1295 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1296 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1297 a CPU and an FPGA.
1298 @example
1299 $ ls board
1300 actux3.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
1301 am3517evm.cfg lubbock.cfg
1302 arm_evaluator7t.cfg mcb1700.cfg
1303 at91cap7a-stk-sdram.cfg microchip_explorer16.cfg
1304 at91eb40a.cfg mini2440.cfg
1305 at91rm9200-dk.cfg mini6410.cfg
1306 at91rm9200-ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1307 at91sam9261-ek.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1308 at91sam9263-ek.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1309 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1310 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1311 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg olimex_stm32_h107.cfg
1312 atmel_at91sam9rl-ek.cfg olimex_stm32_p107.cfg
1313 atmel_sam3n_ek.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1314 atmel_sam3s_ek.cfg open-bldc.cfg
1315 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg openrd.cfg
1316 atmel_sam3x_ek.cfg osk5912.cfg
1317 atmel_sam4s_ek.cfg phytec_lpc3250.cfg
1318 balloon3-cpu.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1319 colibri.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1320 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1321 csb337.cfg redbee.cfg
1322 csb732.cfg rsc-w910.cfg
1323 da850evm.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1324 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1325 diolan_lpc4350-db1.cfg spear300evb.cfg
1326 dm355evm.cfg spear300evb_mod.cfg
1327 dm365evm.cfg spear310evb20.cfg
1328 dm6446evm.cfg spear310evb20_mod.cfg
1329 efikamx.cfg spear320cpu.cfg
1330 eir.cfg spear320cpu_mod.cfg
1331 ek-lm3s1968.cfg steval_pcc010.cfg
1332 ek-lm3s3748.cfg stm320518_eval_stlink.cfg
1333 ek-lm3s6965.cfg stm32100b_eval.cfg
1334 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210b_eval.cfg
1335 ek-lm3s811-revb.cfg stm3210c_eval.cfg
1336 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1337 ek-lm4f232.cfg stm3220g_eval.cfg
1338 embedded-artists_lpc2478-32.cfg stm3220g_eval_stlink.cfg
1339 ethernut3.cfg stm3241g_eval.cfg
1340 glyn_tonga2.cfg stm3241g_eval_stlink.cfg
1341 hammer.cfg stm32f0discovery.cfg
1342 hilscher_nxdb500sys.cfg stm32f4discovery.cfg
1343 hilscher_nxeb500hmi.cfg stm32ldiscovery.cfg
1344 hilscher_nxhx10.cfg stm32vldiscovery.cfg
1345 hilscher_nxhx500.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1346 hilscher_nxhx50.cfg telo.cfg
1347 hilscher_nxsb100.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1348 hitex_lpc2929.cfg ti_beagleboard_xm.cfg
1349 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beaglebone.cfg
1350 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg ti_blaze.cfg
1351 iar_lpc1768.cfg ti_pandaboard.cfg
1352 iar_str912_sk.cfg ti_pandaboard_es.cfg
1353 icnova_imx53_sodimm.cfg topas910.cfg
1354 icnova_sam9g45_sodimm.cfg topasa900.cfg
1355 imx27ads.cfg twr-k60n512.cfg
1356 imx27lnst.cfg tx25_stk5.cfg
1357 imx28evk.cfg tx27_stk5.cfg
1358 imx31pdk.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1359 imx35pdk.cfg uptech_2410.cfg
1360 imx53loco.cfg verdex.cfg
1361 keil_mcb1700.cfg voipac.cfg
1362 keil_mcb2140.cfg voltcraft_dso-3062c.cfg
1363 kwikstik.cfg x300t.cfg
1364 linksys_nslu2.cfg zy1000.cfg
1365 lisa-l.cfg
1366 $
1367 @end example
1368 @item @file{target} ...
1369 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1370 on a chip
1371 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1372 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1373 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1374 the target config file defines all of them.
1375 @example
1376 $ ls target
1377 $duc702x.cfg ixp42x.cfg
1378 am335x.cfg k40.cfg
1379 amdm37x.cfg k60.cfg
1380 ar71xx.cfg lpc1768.cfg
1381 at32ap7000.cfg lpc2103.cfg
1382 at91r40008.cfg lpc2124.cfg
1383 at91rm9200.cfg lpc2129.cfg
1384 at91sam3ax_4x.cfg lpc2148.cfg
1385 at91sam3ax_8x.cfg lpc2294.cfg
1386 at91sam3ax_xx.cfg lpc2378.cfg
1387 at91sam3nXX.cfg lpc2460.cfg
1388 at91sam3sXX.cfg lpc2478.cfg
1389 at91sam3u1c.cfg lpc2900.cfg
1390 at91sam3u1e.cfg lpc2xxx.cfg
1391 at91sam3u2c.cfg lpc3131.cfg
1392 at91sam3u2e.cfg lpc3250.cfg
1393 at91sam3u4c.cfg lpc4350.cfg
1394 at91sam3u4e.cfg mc13224v.cfg
1395 at91sam3uxx.cfg nuc910.cfg
1396 at91sam3XXX.cfg omap2420.cfg
1397 at91sam4sXX.cfg omap3530.cfg
1398 at91sam4XXX.cfg omap4430.cfg
1399 at91sam7se512.cfg omap4460.cfg
1400 at91sam7sx.cfg omap5912.cfg
1401 at91sam7x256.cfg omapl138.cfg
1402 at91sam7x512.cfg pic32mx.cfg
1403 at91sam9260.cfg pxa255.cfg
1404 at91sam9260_ext_RAM_ext_flash.cfg pxa270.cfg
1405 at91sam9261.cfg pxa3xx.cfg
1406 at91sam9263.cfg readme.txt
1407 at91sam9.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1408 at91sam9g10.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1409 at91sam9g20.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1410 at91sam9g45.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1411 at91sam9rl.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1412 atmega128.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1413 avr32.cfg smp8634.cfg
1414 c100.cfg spear3xx.cfg
1415 c100config.tcl stellaris.cfg
1416 c100helper.tcl stm32.cfg
1417 c100regs.tcl stm32f0x_stlink.cfg
1418 cs351x.cfg stm32f1x.cfg
1419 davinci.cfg stm32f1x_stlink.cfg
1420 dragonite.cfg stm32f2x.cfg
1421 dsp56321.cfg stm32f2x_stlink.cfg
1422 dsp568013.cfg stm32f2xxx.cfg
1423 dsp568037.cfg stm32f4x.cfg
1424 epc9301.cfg stm32f4x_stlink.cfg
1425 faux.cfg stm32l.cfg
1426 feroceon.cfg stm32lx_stlink.cfg
1427 fm3.cfg stm32_stlink.cfg
1428 hilscher_netx10.cfg stm32xl.cfg
1429 hilscher_netx500.cfg str710.cfg
1430 hilscher_netx50.cfg str730.cfg
1431 icepick.cfg str750.cfg
1432 imx21.cfg str912.cfg
1433 imx25.cfg swj-dp.tcl
1434 imx27.cfg test_reset_syntax_error.cfg
1435 imx28.cfg test_syntax_error.cfg
1436 imx31.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1437 imx35.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1438 imx51.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1439 imx53.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1440 imx.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1441 is5114.cfg u8500.cfg
1442 @end example
1443 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1444 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1445 @end itemize
1446
1447 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1448 file may override features in any of the above files by
1449 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1450 commands specific to their situation.
1451
1452 @section Interface Config Files
1453
1454 The user config file
1455 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1456
1457 @example
1458 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1459 @end example
1460
1461 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every debug adapter
1462 in use today with OpenOCD.
1463 That said, perhaps some of these config files
1464 have only been used by the developer who created it.
1465
1466 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1467 @xref{Debug Adapter Configuration}.
1468 Read the OpenOCD source code (and Developer's Guide)
1469 if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1470 and need to provide a driver for it.
1471
1472 @section Board Config Files
1473 @cindex config file, board
1474 @cindex board config file
1475
1476 The user config file
1477 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1478
1479 @example
1480 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1481 @end example
1482
1483 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1484 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1485 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1486
1487 @enumerate
1488 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1489 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{norconfiguration,,NOR Configuration})
1490 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{nandconfiguration,,NAND Configuration})
1491 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1492 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1493 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1494 @end enumerate
1495
1496 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1497 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1498 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1499 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1500
1501 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1502 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1503 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1504 configuration works.
1505
1506 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1507
1508 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1509 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1510 convention on how to use certain variables.
1511
1512 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but Jim-Tcl does not.
1513 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1514 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1515 used at will within a target configuration file.
1516
1517 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1518 for a board with three chips:
1519
1520 @example
1521 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1522 set CHIPNAME network
1523 set ENDIAN big
1524 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1525 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1526 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1527 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1528
1529 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1530 set CHIPNAME video
1531 set ENDIAN little
1532 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1533 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1534 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1535 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1536
1537 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1538 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1539 unset ENDIAN
1540 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1541 @end example
1542
1543 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1544 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1545 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1546 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1547 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1548 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1549 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1550 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1551
1552 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1553 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1554 naming collisions.
1555
1556 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1557 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1558 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1559 up other clocks and peripherals.
1560
1561 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1562 @cindex variable names
1563
1564 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1565 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1566 one such chip (as shown above).
1567 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1568 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1569 to promote consistency and
1570 so that board files can override target defaults.
1571
1572 Inputs to target config files include:
1573
1574 @itemize @bullet
1575 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1576 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1577 tap identifier dotted names.
1578 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1579 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1580 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1581 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1582 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1583 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1584 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1585 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1586 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1587 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1588 @end itemize
1589
1590 Outputs from target config files include:
1591
1592 @itemize @bullet
1593 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1594 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1595 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1596 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1597 specific to that board and that target.
1598 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1599 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1600 @end itemize
1601
1602 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1603 @cindex event, reset-init
1604 @cindex reset-init handler
1605
1606 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1607 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1608 fully set up yet.
1609 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1610 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1611 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1612 handler is one of the most important.
1613
1614 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1615 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1616 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1617 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1618 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1619
1620 @quotation Note
1621 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1622 are included here.
1623 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1624 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1625 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1626 (@pxref{translatingconfigurationfiles,,Translating Configuration Files}).
1627 @end quotation
1628
1629 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1630 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1631 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1632 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1633 those as parameters.
1634 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1635 and disabling the watchdog.
1636 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1637 the next developer doing such work.
1638 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1639
1640 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1641 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1642 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1643 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1644
1645 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1646
1647 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1648 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1649 a low JTAG clock rate.
1650 @xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.
1651 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1652 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1653 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1654 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1655 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1656 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1657
1658 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1659 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1660 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1661 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1662 which might be less than that.
1663
1664 @quotation Warning
1665 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1666 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1667 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1668 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1669 @end quotation
1670
1671 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1672 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1673 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1674 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{adapter_khz}.
1675 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1676 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1677
1678 @anchor{theinitboardprocedure}
1679 @subsection The init_board procedure
1680 @cindex init_board procedure
1681
1682 The concept of @code{init_board} procedure is very similar to @code{init_targets}
1683 (@xref{theinittargetsprocedure,,The init_targets procedure}.) - it's a replacement of ``linear''
1684 configuration scripts. This procedure is meant to be executed when OpenOCD enters run stage
1685 (@xref{enteringtherunstage,,Entering the Run Stage},) after @code{init_targets}. The idea to have
1686 spearate @code{init_targets} and @code{init_board} procedures is to allow the first one to configure
1687 everything target specific (internal flash, internal RAM, etc.) and the second one to configure
1688 everything board specific (reset signals, chip frequency, reset-init event handler, external memory, etc.).
1689 Additionally ``linear'' board config file will most likely fail when target config file uses
1690 @code{init_targets} scheme (``linear'' script is executed before @code{init} and @code{init_targets} - after),
1691 so separating these two configuration stages is very convenient, as the easiest way to overcome this
1692 problem is to convert board config file to use @code{init_board} procedure. Board config scripts don't
1693 need to override @code{init_targets} defined in target config files when they only need to to add some specifics.
1694
1695 Just as @code{init_targets}, the @code{init_board} procedure can be overriden by ``next level'' script (which sources
1696 the original), allowing greater code reuse.
1697
1698 @example
1699 ### board_file.cfg ###
1700
1701 # source target file that does most of the config in init_targets
1702 source [find target/target.cfg]
1703
1704 proc enable_fast_clock @{@} @{
1705 # enables fast on-board clock source
1706 # configures the chip to use it
1707 @}
1708
1709 # initialize only board specifics - reset, clock, adapter frequency
1710 proc init_board @{@} @{
1711 reset_config trst_and_srst trst_pulls_srst
1712
1713 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-init @{
1714 adapter_khz 1
1715 enable_fast_clock
1716 adapter_khz 10000
1717 @}
1718 @}
1719 @end example
1720
1721 @section Target Config Files
1722 @cindex config file, target
1723 @cindex target config file
1724
1725 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1726 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1727 more target config files like this:
1728
1729 @example
1730 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1731 @end example
1732
1733 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1734 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1735 In summary the target files should contain
1736
1737 @enumerate
1738 @item Set defaults
1739 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1740 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1741 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1742 @item On-Chip flash
1743 @end enumerate
1744
1745 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1746 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1747 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1748
1749 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1750 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1751 can talk to the chip.
1752 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1753 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1754 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1755 and other processing engines.
1756
1757 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1758
1759 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1760 letting board config files express environment-specific
1761 differences in how things should be set up.
1762
1763 @example
1764 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1765 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1766 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1767 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1768 @} else @{
1769 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1770 @}
1771
1772 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1773 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1774 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1775 @} else @{
1776 set _ENDIAN little
1777 @}
1778
1779 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1780 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1781 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1782 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1783 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1784 @} else @{
1785 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1786 @}
1787 @end example
1788 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1789
1790 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1791 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1792 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1793
1794 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1795 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1796 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1797
1798 @example
1799 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1800 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1801 @end example
1802
1803 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1804 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1805 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1806 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1807 for taps.
1808
1809 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1810 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1811 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1812 looks (in part) like this:
1813
1814 @example
1815 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1816 @end example
1817
1818 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1819 to source such a config file twice, with different
1820 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1821 it adds a different TAP each time.
1822
1823 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1824 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1825 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1826 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1827
1828 @example
1829 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1830 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1831 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1832 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1833 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1834 @end example
1835
1836 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1837 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1838
1839 @itemize
1840 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1841 plus a JRC to enable them
1842 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1843 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1844 is not currently used)
1845 @end itemize
1846
1847 @subsection Add CPU targets
1848
1849 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1850 GDB and other commands can use it.
1851 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1852 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1853 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1854 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1855
1856 @example
1857 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1858 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1859 @end example
1860
1861 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1862 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1863 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1864 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1865 a work area if you can.
1866 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1867
1868 @example
1869 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1870 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1871 @end example
1872
1873 @anchor{definecputargetsworkinginsmp}
1874 @subsection Define CPU targets working in SMP
1875 @cindex SMP
1876 After setting targets, you can define a list of targets working in SMP.
1877
1878 @example
1879 set _TARGETNAME_1 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1880 set _TARGETNAME_2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu2
1881 target create $_TARGETNAME_1 cortex_a8 -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1882 -coreid 0 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG1
1883 target create $_TARGETNAME_2 cortex_a8 -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1884 -coreid 1 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG2
1885 #define 2 targets working in smp.
1886 target smp $_CHIPNAME.cpu2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1887 @end example
1888 In the above example on cortex_a8, 2 cpus are working in SMP.
1889 In SMP only one GDB instance is created and :
1890 @itemize @bullet
1891 @item a set of hardware breakpoint sets the same breakpoint on all targets in the list.
1892 @item halt command triggers the halt of all targets in the list.
1893 @item resume command triggers the write context and the restart of all targets in the list.
1894 @item following a breakpoint: the target stopped by the breakpoint is displayed to the GDB session.
1895 @item dedicated GDB serial protocol packets are implemented for switching/retrieving the target
1896 displayed by the GDB session @pxref{usingopenocdsmpwithgdb,,Using OpenOCD SMP with GDB}.
1897 @end itemize
1898
1899 The SMP behaviour can be disabled/enabled dynamically. On cortex_a8 following
1900 command have been implemented.
1901 @itemize @bullet
1902 @item cortex_a8 smp_on : enable SMP mode, behaviour is as described above.
1903 @item cortex_a8 smp_off : disable SMP mode, the current target is the one
1904 displayed in the GDB session, only this target is now controlled by GDB
1905 session. This behaviour is useful during system boot up.
1906 @item cortex_a8 smp_gdb : display/fix the core id displayed in GDB session see
1907 following example.
1908 @end itemize
1909
1910 @example
1911 >cortex_a8 smp_gdb
1912 gdb coreid 0 -> -1
1913 #0 : coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1914 #-> -1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1915 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb 1
1916 gdb coreid 0 -> 1
1917 #0 :coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1918 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1919 > resume
1920 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb
1921 gdb coreid 1 -> 1
1922 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB ,
1923 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1924 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb -1
1925 gdb coreid 1 -> -1
1926 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB,
1927 #->-1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1928 @end example
1929
1930
1931 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1932
1933 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1934 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1935 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1936
1937 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1938 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1939 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1940 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1941 both signals.
1942
1943 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1944 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1945 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1946 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1947 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1948 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1949 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1950 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1951 (For Cortex-M targets, this is not necessary. The target
1952 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1953 not available.)
1954
1955 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1956 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1957 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1958 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1959 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1960 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1961 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
1962 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
1963
1964 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1965 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1966 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1967 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1968 slower clock than they will use later.
1969 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1970 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1971 than they will use later.
1972 @xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.
1973
1974 @quotation Important
1975 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1976 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1977 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1978 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1979 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1980 @end quotation
1981
1982 @anchor{theinittargetsprocedure}
1983 @subsection The init_targets procedure
1984 @cindex init_targets procedure
1985
1986 Target config files can either be ``linear'' (script executed line-by-line when parsed in
1987 configuration stage, @xref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage},) or they can contain a special
1988 procedure called @code{init_targets}, which will be executed when entering run stage
1989 (after parsing all config files or after @code{init} command, @xref{enteringtherunstage,,Entering the Run Stage}.)
1990 Such procedure can be overriden by ``next level'' script (which sources the original).
1991 This concept faciliates code reuse when basic target config files provide generic configuration
1992 procedures and @code{init_targets} procedure, which can then be sourced and enchanced or changed in
1993 a ``more specific'' target config file. This is not possible with ``linear'' config scripts,
1994 because sourcing them executes every initialization commands they provide.
1995
1996 @example
1997 ### generic_file.cfg ###
1998
1999 proc setup_my_chip @{chip_name flash_size ram_size@} @{
2000 # basic initialization procedure ...
2001 @}
2002
2003 proc init_targets @{@} @{
2004 # initializes generic chip with 4kB of flash and 1kB of RAM
2005 setup_my_chip MY_GENERIC_CHIP 4096 1024
2006 @}
2007
2008 ### specific_file.cfg ###
2009
2010 source [find target/generic_file.cfg]
2011
2012 proc init_targets @{@} @{
2013 # initializes specific chip with 128kB of flash and 64kB of RAM
2014 setup_my_chip MY_CHIP_WITH_128K_FLASH_64KB_RAM 131072 65536
2015 @}
2016 @end example
2017
2018 The easiest way to convert ``linear'' config files to @code{init_targets} version is to
2019 enclose every line of ``code'' (i.e. not @code{source} commands, procedures, etc.) in this procedure.
2020
2021 For an example of this scheme see LPC2000 target config files.
2022
2023 The @code{init_boards} procedure is a similar concept concerning board config files
2024 (@xref{theinitboardprocedure,,The init_board procedure}.)
2025
2026 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
2027
2028 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
2029 special high speed download features - enable it.
2030
2031 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
2032
2033 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
2034 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
2035 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
2036 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
2037 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{armhardwaretracing,,ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
2038 If you are using an external trace port,
2039 configure it in your board config file.
2040 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
2041 configure it in your target config file.
2042
2043 @example
2044 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
2045 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
2046 @end example
2047
2048 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
2049
2050 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
2051
2052 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
2053 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
2054 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
2055 the TARGET (chip) file.
2056
2057 Examples:
2058 @itemize @bullet
2059 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
2060 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
2061 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
2062 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
2063 @end itemize
2064
2065 @anchor{translatingconfigurationfiles}
2066 @section Translating Configuration Files
2067 @cindex translation
2068 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
2069 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
2070 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
2071 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
2072 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
2073 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
2074
2075 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
2076 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
2077 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
2078 convert other scripts later on.
2079
2080 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
2081 replace job:
2082
2083 @example
2084 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
2085 #
2086 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
2087 #
2088 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
2089 #
2090 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
2091
2092 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
2093 global TARGETNAME
2094
2095 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
2096
2097 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
2098 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
2099 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
2100 @}
2101 @end example
2102
2103
2104
2105 @node Daemon Configuration
2106 @chapter Daemon Configuration
2107 @cindex initialization
2108 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
2109 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
2110 supported.
2111
2112 @anchor{configurationstage}
2113 @section Configuration Stage
2114 @cindex configuration stage
2115 @cindex config command
2116
2117 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
2118 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
2119 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
2120 Normally, configuration commands are only available
2121 inside startup scripts.
2122
2123 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
2124 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
2125 which may be issued interactively.
2126 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
2127 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
2128
2129 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
2130 flash banks,
2131 the interface used for JTAG communication,
2132 and other basic setup.
2133 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
2134 may access or activate TAPs.
2135 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
2136 longer be issued.
2137
2138 @anchor{enteringtherunstage}
2139 @section Entering the Run Stage
2140
2141 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
2142 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
2143 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2144 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
2145 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
2146 You should see no errors at this point.
2147 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
2148 commands you used to configure the server.
2149 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
2150 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
2151 on the scan chain.
2152
2153 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
2154 become available.
2155 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
2156 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
2157 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
2158 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
2159 entry to the run stage.
2160
2161 @deffn {Config Command} init
2162 This command terminates the configuration stage and
2163 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
2164 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
2165 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
2166 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
2167 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
2168
2169 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
2170 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
2171 configuration files and/or command line options.
2172
2173 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
2174 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
2175 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
2176 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
2177 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
2178 @end deffn
2179
2180 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
2181 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
2182 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2183
2184 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
2185 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
2186 scan chain.
2187 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
2188 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
2189
2190 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2191 they return.
2192 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2193 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2194 @end deffn
2195
2196 @anchor{tcpipports}
2197 @section TCP/IP Ports
2198 @cindex TCP port
2199 @cindex server
2200 @cindex port
2201 @cindex security
2202 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
2203 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
2204 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
2205
2206 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
2207 access using one or more of these ports.
2208 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
2209 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
2210 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
2211
2212 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
2213 @cindex GDB server
2214 Normally gdb listens to a TCP/IP port, but GDB can also
2215 communicate via pipes(stdin/out or named pipes). The name
2216 "gdb_port" stuck because it covers probably more than 90% of
2217 the normal use cases.
2218
2219 No arguments reports GDB port. "pipe" means listen to stdin
2220 output to stdout, an integer is base port number, "disable"
2221 disables the gdb server.
2222
2223 When using "pipe", also use log_output to redirect the log
2224 output to a file so as not to flood the stdin/out pipes.
2225
2226 The -p/--pipe option is deprecated and a warning is printed
2227 as it is equivalent to passing in -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log".
2228
2229 Any other string is interpreted as named pipe to listen to.
2230 Output pipe is the same name as input pipe, but with 'o' appended,
2231 e.g. /var/gdb, /var/gdbo.
2232
2233 The GDB port for the first target will be the base port, the
2234 second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
2235 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2236 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
2237 @end deffn
2238
2239 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
2240 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
2241 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
2242 output from the Tcl engine.
2243 Intended as a machine interface.
2244 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2245 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
2246
2247 @end deffn
2248
2249 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
2250 Specify or query the
2251 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
2252 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
2253 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2254 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
2255 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
2256 @end deffn
2257
2258 @anchor{gdbconfiguration}
2259 @section GDB Configuration
2260 @cindex GDB
2261 @cindex GDB configuration
2262 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
2263 The ones listed here are static and global.
2264 @xref{targetconfiguration,,Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
2265 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
2266
2267 @anchor{gdbbreakpointoverride}
2268 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
2269 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
2270 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
2271 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
2272 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
2273 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
2274 @end deffn
2275
2276 @anchor{gdbflashprogram}
2277 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2278 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
2279 vFlash packet is received.
2280 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2281 @end deffn
2282
2283 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2284 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
2285 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
2286 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
2287 for flash programming to work.
2288 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2289 @xref{gdbflashprogram,,gdb_flash_program}.
2290 @end deffn
2291
2292 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2293 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
2294 by GDB memory read packets.
2295 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
2296 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
2297 @end deffn
2298
2299 @anchor{eventpolling}
2300 @section Event Polling
2301
2302 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
2303 where significant events can happen at any time.
2304 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
2305 so it can report them to through TCL command line
2306 or to GDB.
2307
2308 Examples of such events include:
2309
2310 @itemize
2311 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
2312 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
2313 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
2314 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
2315 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
2316 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
2317 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
2318 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
2319 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
2320 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
2321 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
2322 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
2323 @end itemize
2324
2325 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
2326 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
2327 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
2328 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
2329 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
2330
2331 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
2332 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
2333 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
2334 to the various active targets.
2335 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
2336 which is normally done in the background.
2337
2338 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2339 Poll the current target for its current state.
2340 (Also, @pxref{targetcurstate,,target curstate}.)
2341 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
2342 specific information about the current state is printed.
2343 An optional parameter
2344 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
2345
2346 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
2347 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
2348 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
2349 @example
2350 > poll
2351 background polling: on
2352 target state: halted
2353 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
2354 current mode: Supervisor
2355 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
2356 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
2357 >
2358 @end example
2359 @end deffn
2360
2361 @node Debug Adapter Configuration
2362 @chapter Debug Adapter Configuration
2363 @cindex config file, interface
2364 @cindex interface config file
2365
2366 Correctly installing OpenOCD includes making your operating system give
2367 OpenOCD access to debug adapters. Once that has been done, Tcl commands
2368 are used to select which one is used, and to configure how it is used.
2369
2370 @quotation Note
2371 Because OpenOCD started out with a focus purely on JTAG, you may find
2372 places where it wrongly presumes JTAG is the only transport protocol
2373 in use. Be aware that recent versions of OpenOCD are removing that
2374 limitation. JTAG remains more functional than most other transports.
2375 Other transports do not support boundary scan operations, or may be
2376 specific to a given chip vendor. Some might be usable only for
2377 programming flash memory, instead of also for debugging.
2378 @end quotation
2379
2380 Debug Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
2381 through commands in an interface configuration
2382 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
2383 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
2384
2385 @example
2386 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
2387 @end example
2388
2389 These commands tell
2390 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
2391 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
2392
2393 @example
2394 # jlink interface
2395 interface jlink
2396 @end example
2397
2398 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2399
2400
2401 @section Interface Configuration
2402
2403 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of debug adapter you are
2404 using. Depending on the type of adapter, you may need to use one or
2405 more additional commands to further identify or configure the adapter.
2406
2407 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2408 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2409 target.
2410 @end deffn
2411
2412 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2413 List the debug adapter drivers that have been built into
2414 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2415 @end deffn
2416 @deffn Command {interface transports} transport_name+
2417 Specifies the transports supported by this debug adapter.
2418 The adapter driver builds-in similar knowledge; use this only
2419 when external configuration (such as jumpering) changes what
2420 the hardware can support.
2421 @end deffn
2422
2423
2424
2425 @deffn Command {adapter_name}
2426 Returns the name of the debug adapter driver being used.
2427 @end deffn
2428
2429 @section Interface Drivers
2430
2431 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2432 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2433 available at run time.
2434
2435 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2436 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2437 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2438 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2439
2440 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2441 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2442 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2443 @end deffn
2444
2445 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2446 Displays status of RTCK option.
2447 Optionally sets that option first.
2448 @end deffn
2449 @end deffn
2450
2451 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2452 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2453 This has one driver-specific command:
2454
2455 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2456 Logs some status
2457 @end deffn
2458 @end deffn
2459
2460 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2461 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2462 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2463 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2464 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2465 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2466 @end deffn
2467
2468 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2469 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2470 @end deffn
2471
2472 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2473 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2474 @end deffn
2475
2476 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2477 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2478
2479 Note that this driver has several flaws and the @command{ftdi} driver is
2480 recommended as its replacement.
2481
2482 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2483 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2484
2485 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2486 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2487 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2488 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2489 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2490 @end deffn
2491
2492 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2493 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2494 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2495 is connected to the host.
2496 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2497 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2498 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2499 @end deffn
2500
2501 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2502 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2503 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2504 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2505 @itemize @minus
2506 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2507 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2508 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2509 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} TI/Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2510 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2511 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2512 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2513 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2514 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most TI/Luminary
2515 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2516 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2517 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2518 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2519 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2520 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2521 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2522 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2523 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2524 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2525 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2526 @item @b{redbee-econotag} Integrated with a Redbee development board.
2527 @item @b{redbee-usb} Integrated with a Redbee USB-stick development board.
2528 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2529 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2530 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2531 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2532 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2533 @end itemize
2534 @end deffn
2535
2536 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2537 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2538 default values are used.
2539 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2540 @example
2541 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2542 @end example
2543 @end deffn
2544
2545 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2546 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2547 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2548 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2549 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2550 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2551 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2552 @end deffn
2553
2554 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_channel} channel
2555 Used to select the channel of the ft2232 chip to use (between 1 and 4).
2556 The default value is 1.
2557 @end deffn
2558
2559 For example, the interface config file for a
2560 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2561
2562 @example
2563 interface ft2232
2564 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2565 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2566 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2567 @end example
2568 @end deffn
2569
2570 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ftdi}
2571 This driver is for adapters using the MPSSE (Multi-Protocol Synchronous Serial
2572 Engine) mode built into many FTDI chips, such as the FT2232, FT4232 and FT232H.
2573 It is a complete rewrite to address a large number of problems with the ft2232
2574 interface driver.
2575
2576 The driver is using libusb-1.0 in asynchronous mode to talk to the FTDI device,
2577 bypassing intermediate libraries like libftdi of D2XX. Performance-wise it is
2578 consistently faster than the ft2232 driver, sometimes several times faster.
2579
2580 A major improvement of this driver is that support for new FTDI based adapters
2581 can be added competely through configuration files, without the need to patch
2582 and rebuild OpenOCD.
2583
2584 The driver uses a signal abstraction to enable Tcl configuration files to
2585 define outputs for one or several FTDI GPIO. These outputs can then be
2586 controlled using the @command{ftdi_set_signal} command. Special signal names
2587 are reserved for nTRST, nSRST and LED (for blink) so that they, if defined,
2588 will be used for their customary purpose.
2589
2590 Depending on the type of buffer attached to the FTDI GPIO, the outputs have to
2591 be controlled differently. In order to support tristateable signals such as
2592 nSRST, both a data GPIO and an output-enable GPIO can be specified for each
2593 signal. The following output buffer configurations are supported:
2594
2595 @itemize @minus
2596 @item Push-pull with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted data line
2597 @item Open drain with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted output-enable
2598 @item Tristate with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted data line and another
2599 FTDI output as (non-)inverted output-enable
2600 @item Unbuffered, using the FTDI GPIO as a tristate output directly by
2601 switching data and direction as necessary
2602 @end itemize
2603
2604 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2605 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2606
2607 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2608 The vendor ID and product ID of the adapter. If not specified, the FTDI
2609 default values are used.
2610 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2611 @example
2612 ftdi_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2613 @end example
2614 @end deffn
2615
2616 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_device_desc} description
2617 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2618 of the adapter. If not specified, the device description is ignored
2619 during device selection.
2620 @end deffn
2621
2622 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_serial} serial-number
2623 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the adapter to use,
2624 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one adapter
2625 is connected to the host.
2626 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2627 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2628 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2629 @end deffn
2630
2631 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_channel} channel
2632 Selects the channel of the FTDI device to use for MPSSE operations. Most
2633 adapters use the default, channel 0, but there are exceptions.
2634 @end deffn
2635
2636 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_layout_init} data direction
2637 Specifies the initial values of the FTDI GPIO data and direction registers.
2638 Each value is a 16-bit number corresponding to the concatenation of the high
2639 and low FTDI GPIO registers. The values should be selected based on the
2640 schematics of the adapter, such that all signals are set to safe levels with
2641 minimal impact on the target system. Avoid floating inputs, conflicting outputs
2642 and initially asserted reset signals.
2643 @end deffn
2644
2645 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_layout_signal} name [@option{-data}|@option{-ndata} data_mask] [@option{-oe}|@option{-noe} oe_mask]
2646 Creates a signal with the specified @var{name}, controlled by one or more FTDI
2647 GPIO pins via a range of possible buffer connections. The masks are FTDI GPIO
2648 register bitmasks to tell the driver the connection and type of the output
2649 buffer driving the respective signal. @var{data_mask} is the bitmask for the
2650 pin(s) connected to the data input of the output buffer. @option{-ndata} is
2651 used with inverting data inputs and @option{-data} with non-inverting inputs.
2652 The @option{-oe} (or @option{-noe}) option tells where the output-enable (or
2653 not-output-enable) input to the output buffer is connected.
2654
2655 Both @var{data_mask} and @var{oe_mask} need not be specified. For example, a
2656 simple open-collector transistor driver would be specified with @option{-oe}
2657 only. In that case the signal can only be set to drive low or to Hi-Z and the
2658 driver will complain if the signal is set to drive high. Which means that if
2659 it's a reset signal, @command{reset_config} must be specified as
2660 @option{srst_open_drain}, not @option{srst_push_pull}.
2661
2662 A special case is provided when @option{-data} and @option{-oe} is set to the
2663 same bitmask. Then the FTDI pin is considered being connected straight to the
2664 target without any buffer. The FTDI pin is then switched between output and
2665 input as necessary to provide the full set of low, high and Hi-Z
2666 characteristics. In all other cases, the pins specified in a signal definition
2667 are always driven by the FTDI.
2668 @end deffn
2669
2670 @deffn {Command} {ftdi_set_signal} name @option{0}|@option{1}|@option{z}
2671 Set a previously defined signal to the specified level.
2672 @itemize @minus
2673 @item @option{0}, drive low
2674 @item @option{1}, drive high
2675 @item @option{z}, set to high-impedance
2676 @end itemize
2677 @end deffn
2678
2679 For example adapter definitions, see the configuration files shipped in the
2680 @file{interface/ftdi} directory.
2681 @end deffn
2682
2683 @deffn {Interface Driver} {remote_bitbang}
2684 Drive JTAG from a remote process. This sets up a UNIX or TCP socket connection
2685 with a remote process and sends ASCII encoded bitbang requests to that process
2686 instead of directly driving JTAG.
2687
2688 The remote_bitbang driver is useful for debugging software running on
2689 processors which are being simulated.
2690
2691 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_port} number
2692 Specifies the TCP port of the remote process to connect to or 0 to use UNIX
2693 sockets instead of TCP.
2694 @end deffn
2695
2696 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_host} hostname
2697 Specifies the hostname of the remote process to connect to using TCP, or the
2698 name of the UNIX socket to use if remote_bitbang_port is 0.
2699 @end deffn
2700
2701 For example, to connect remotely via TCP to the host foobar you might have
2702 something like:
2703
2704 @example
2705 interface remote_bitbang
2706 remote_bitbang_port 3335
2707 remote_bitbang_host foobar
2708 @end example
2709
2710 To connect to another process running locally via UNIX sockets with socket
2711 named mysocket:
2712
2713 @example
2714 interface remote_bitbang
2715 remote_bitbang_port 0
2716 remote_bitbang_host mysocket
2717 @end example
2718 @end deffn
2719
2720 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2721 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2722 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2723 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2724
2725 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2726 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2727 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2728 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2729 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2730 @end deffn
2731
2732 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2733 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2734 default values are used.
2735 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2736 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2737 @example
2738 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2739 @end example
2740 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2741 @example
2742 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2743 @end example
2744 @end deffn
2745
2746 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2747 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2748 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2749 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2750
2751 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2752 @example
2753 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2754 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2755 @end example
2756 @end deffn
2757
2758 @end deffn
2759
2760 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2761 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2762 This has one driver-specific command:
2763
2764 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2765 Display either the address of the I/O port
2766 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2767 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2768 This is a write-once setting.
2769 @end deffn
2770 @end deffn
2771
2772 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2773 Segger J-Link family of USB adapters. It currently supports only the JTAG transport.
2774
2775 @quotation Compatibility Note
2776 Segger released many firmware versions for the many harware versions they
2777 produced. OpenOCD was extensively tested and intended to run on all of them,
2778 but some combinations were reported as incompatible. As a general
2779 recommendation, it is advisable to use the latest firmware version
2780 available for each hardware version. However the current V8 is a moving
2781 target, and Segger firmware versions released after the OpenOCD was
2782 released may not be compatible. In such cases it is recommended to
2783 revert to the last known functional version. For 0.5.0, this is from
2784 "Feb 8 2012 14:30:39", packed with 4.42c. For 0.6.0, the last known
2785 version is from "May 3 2012 18:36:22", packed with 4.46f.
2786 @end quotation
2787
2788 @deffn {Command} {jlink caps}
2789 Display the device firmware capabilities.
2790 @end deffn
2791 @deffn {Command} {jlink info}
2792 Display various device information, like hardware version, firmware version, current bus status.
2793 @end deffn
2794 @deffn {Command} {jlink hw_jtag} [@option{2}|@option{3}]
2795 Set the JTAG protocol version to be used. Without argument, show the actual JTAG protocol version.
2796 @end deffn
2797 @deffn {Command} {jlink config}
2798 Display the J-Link configuration.
2799 @end deffn
2800 @deffn {Command} {jlink config kickstart} [val]
2801 Set the Kickstart power on JTAG-pin 19. Without argument, show the Kickstart configuration.
2802 @end deffn
2803 @deffn {Command} {jlink config mac_address} [@option{ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff}]
2804 Set the MAC address of the J-Link Pro. Without argument, show the MAC address.
2805 @end deffn
2806 @deffn {Command} {jlink config ip} [@option{A.B.C.D}(@option{/E}|@option{F.G.H.I})]
2807 Set the IP configuration of the J-Link Pro, where A.B.C.D is the IP address,
2808 E the bit of the subnet mask and
2809 F.G.H.I the subnet mask. Without arguments, show the IP configuration.
2810 @end deffn
2811 @deffn {Command} {jlink config usb_address} [@option{0x00} to @option{0x03} or @option{0xff}]
2812 Set the USB address; this will also change the product id. Without argument, show the USB address.
2813 @end deffn
2814 @deffn {Command} {jlink config reset}
2815 Reset the current configuration.
2816 @end deffn
2817 @deffn {Command} {jlink config save}
2818 Save the current configuration to the internal persistent storage.
2819 @end deffn
2820 @deffn {Config} {jlink pid} val
2821 Set the USB PID of the interface. As a configuration command, it can be used only before 'init'.
2822 @end deffn
2823 @end deffn
2824
2825 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2826 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2827 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2828 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2829 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2830
2831 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2832 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2833 This is a write-once setting.
2834 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2835
2836 @itemize @minus
2837 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2838 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2839 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2840 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2841 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2842 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2843 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2844 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2845 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2846 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2847 some versions of
2848 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2849 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2850 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2851 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2852 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2853 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2854 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2855 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2856 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2857 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2858 @end itemize
2859 @end deffn
2860
2861 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2862 Display either the address of the I/O port
2863 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2864 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2865 This is a write-once setting.
2866
2867 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2868 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2869 you may encounter a problem.
2870 @end deffn
2871
2872 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2873 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2874 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2875 @command{adapter_khz} configuration.
2876 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2877 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2878
2879 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2880 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2881 @quotation Tip
2882 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2883 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2884 @example
2885 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2886 > adapter_khz 500
2887 @end example
2888 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2889 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2890 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2891 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2892 large set of samples.
2893 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2894 @example
2895 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2896 @end example
2897 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{adapter_khz rate}
2898 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2899
2900 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2901 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2902 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2903 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2904 match for the adapter_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2905 @end quotation
2906 @end deffn
2907
2908 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
2909 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2910 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
2911 @end deffn
2912
2913 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2914 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
2915
2916 @example
2917 interface parport
2918 parport_port 0x278
2919 parport_cable wiggler
2920 @end example
2921 @end deffn
2922
2923 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2924 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2925 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
2926 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
2927 @end deffn
2928 @end deffn
2929
2930 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2931 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2932 @end deffn
2933
2934 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2935 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2936 @end deffn
2937
2938 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2939 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2940
2941 @quotation Note
2942 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2943 which are not currently documented here.
2944 @end quotation
2945 @end deffn
2946
2947 @deffn {Interface Driver} {hla}
2948 This is a driver that supports multiple High Level Adapters.
2949 This type of adapter does not expose some of the lower level api's
2950 that OpenOCD would normally use to access the target.
2951
2952 Currently supported adapters include the ST STLINK and TI ICDI.
2953
2954 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_device_desc} description
2955 Currently Not Supported.
2956 @end deffn
2957
2958 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_serial} serial
2959 Currently Not Supported.
2960 @end deffn
2961
2962 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_layout} (@option{stlink}|@option{icdi})
2963 Specifies the adapter layout to use.
2964 @end deffn
2965
2966 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_vid_pid} vid pid
2967 The vendor ID and product ID of the device.
2968 @end deffn
2969
2970 @deffn {Config Command} {stlink_api} api_level
2971 Manually sets the stlink api used, valid options are 1 or 2. (@b{STLINK Only}).
2972 @end deffn
2973 @end deffn
2974
2975 @deffn {Interface Driver} {opendous}
2976 opendous-jtag is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2977 @end deffn
2978
2979 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ulink}
2980 This is the Keil ULINK v1 JTAG debugger.
2981 @end deffn
2982
2983 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2984 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2985 @end deffn
2986
2987 @quotation Note
2988 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2989 which are not currently documented here.
2990 @end quotation
2991
2992 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2993 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2994 No arguments: print status.
2995 @end deffn
2996
2997 @section Transport Configuration
2998 @cindex Transport
2999 As noted earlier, depending on the version of OpenOCD you use,
3000 and the debug adapter you are using,
3001 several transports may be available to
3002 communicate with debug targets (or perhaps to program flash memory).
3003 @deffn Command {transport list}
3004 displays the names of the transports supported by this
3005 version of OpenOCD.
3006 @end deffn
3007
3008 @deffn Command {transport select} transport_name
3009 Select which of the supported transports to use in this OpenOCD session.
3010 The transport must be supported by the debug adapter hardware and by the
3011 version of OPenOCD you are using (including the adapter's driver).
3012 No arguments: returns name of session's selected transport.
3013 @end deffn
3014
3015 @subsection JTAG Transport
3016 @cindex JTAG
3017 JTAG is the original transport supported by OpenOCD, and most
3018 of the OpenOCD commands support it.
3019 JTAG transports expose a chain of one or more Test Access Points (TAPs),
3020 each of which must be explicitly declared.
3021 JTAG supports both debugging and boundary scan testing.
3022 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
3023 @subsection SWD Transport
3024 @cindex SWD
3025 @cindex Serial Wire Debug
3026 SWD (Serial Wire Debug) is an ARM-specific transport which exposes one
3027 Debug Access Point (DAP, which must be explicitly declared.
3028 (SWD uses fewer signal wires than JTAG.)
3029 SWD is debug-oriented, and does not support boundary scan testing.
3030 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
3031 (Some processors support both JTAG and SWD.)
3032 @deffn Command {swd newdap} ...
3033 Declares a single DAP which uses SWD transport.
3034 Parameters are currently the same as "jtag newtap" but this is
3035 expected to change.
3036 @end deffn
3037 @deffn Command {swd wcr trn prescale}
3038 Updates TRN (turnaraound delay) and prescaling.fields of the
3039 Wire Control Register (WCR).
3040 No parameters: displays current settings.
3041 @end deffn
3042
3043 @subsection SPI Transport
3044 @cindex SPI
3045 @cindex Serial Peripheral Interface
3046 The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) is a general purpose transport
3047 which uses four wire signaling. Some processors use it as part of a
3048 solution for flash programming.
3049
3050 @anchor{jtagspeed}
3051 @section JTAG Speed
3052 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
3053 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
3054 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
3055 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
3056 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
3057 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
3058 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
3059 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
3060 power management software that may be active.
3061
3062 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
3063 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
3064 target event handler.
3065 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
3066 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
3067 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
3068 sets up those clocks).
3069 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
3070 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
3071 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
3072 in the target config file.
3073 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
3074 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
3075 config file instead.
3076 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
3077 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
3078 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
3079
3080 @example
3081 jtag_rclk 3000
3082 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
3083 @end example
3084
3085 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
3086 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
3087 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
3088 may not be the fastest solution.
3089
3090 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
3091 instead of @command{adapter_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
3092 which support adaptive clocking.
3093
3094 @deffn {Command} adapter_khz max_speed_kHz
3095 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
3096 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
3097 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
3098 than the speed specified.
3099
3100 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
3101 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
3102 and is normally less than that peak rate.
3103 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
3104
3105 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
3106 @xref{faqrtck,,FAQ RTCK}.
3107 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
3108 JTAG clocking after setup.
3109 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
3110 If the interface device can not
3111 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
3112 @end deffn
3113
3114 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
3115 @cindex adaptive clocking
3116 @cindex RTCK
3117 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
3118 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
3119 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
3120 @example
3121 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
3122 jtag_rclk 3000
3123 @end example
3124 @end defun
3125
3126 @node Reset Configuration
3127 @chapter Reset Configuration
3128 @cindex Reset Configuration
3129
3130 Every system configuration may require a different reset
3131 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
3132 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
3133 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
3134 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.)
3135 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
3136 Please see the various board files for examples.
3137
3138 @quotation Note
3139 To maintainers and integrators:
3140 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
3141 Normally the board configuration file
3142 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
3143 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
3144
3145 However, the target configuration file could also make note
3146 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
3147 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
3148 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
3149 user configuration file will need to override parts of
3150 the reset configuration provided by other files.
3151 @end quotation
3152
3153 @section Types of Reset
3154
3155 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
3156 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
3157 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
3158
3159 @itemize @bullet
3160 @item
3161 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
3162 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
3163 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
3164 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
3165 @item
3166 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
3167 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
3168 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
3169 device's TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
3170 @item
3171 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
3172 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
3173 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
3174 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
3175 @item
3176 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
3177 several other types of reset.
3178 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
3179 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
3180 There may be individual module resets.
3181 @end itemize
3182
3183 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
3184 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
3185 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
3186 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
3187 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
3188 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
3189 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
3190 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
3191 (@xref{resetcommand,,Reset Command}.)
3192
3193 @anchor{srstandtrstissues}
3194 @section SRST and TRST Issues
3195
3196 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
3197 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
3198 common issues are:
3199
3200 @itemize @bullet
3201
3202 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
3203 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
3204 support such signals even if they are wired up.
3205 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
3206 when either of those signals is not connected.
3207 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
3208 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
3209 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG-level resets can
3210 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
3211
3212 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
3213 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
3214 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
3215 when those signals aren't properly independent.
3216
3217 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
3218 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
3219 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
3220 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
3221 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
3222 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
3223 hardware debouncing.
3224 Use the @command{adapter_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
3225 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
3226
3227 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
3228 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
3229 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
3230 to use push/pull output drivers.
3231 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
3232 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
3233 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
3234 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
3235
3236 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
3237 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
3238 issues (not limited to errata).
3239 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
3240 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
3241 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
3242 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
3243 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
3244 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
3245 @end itemize
3246
3247 There can also be other issues.
3248 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
3249 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
3250 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
3251 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
3252 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
3253 Agreement (NDA).
3254
3255 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
3256 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
3257 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
3258
3259 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
3260 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
3261
3262 @section Commands for Handling Resets
3263
3264 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
3265 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
3266 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
3267 allowing it to be deasserted.
3268 @end deffn
3269
3270 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_delay milliseconds
3271 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
3272 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
3273 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
3274 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
3275 @end deffn
3276
3277 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
3278 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
3279 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
3280 allowing it to be deasserted.
3281 @end deffn
3282
3283 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
3284 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
3285 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
3286 @end deffn
3287
3288 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
3289 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
3290 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
3291 configuration scripts.
3292
3293 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
3294 the command is intended to address (@pxref{srstandtrstissues,,SRST and TRST Issues}).
3295 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
3296 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
3297 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
3298 from a particular combination of interface and board.
3299 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
3300 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
3301
3302 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
3303 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination}, @var{gates},
3304 @var{trst_type}, @var{srst_type} and @var{connect_type}
3305 -- may be specified at a time.
3306 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
3307 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
3308 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
3309 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
3310 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
3311
3312 @itemize
3313 @item
3314 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
3315 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
3316 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
3317 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
3318 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
3319
3320 @quotation Tip
3321 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
3322 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
3323 @end quotation
3324
3325 @item
3326 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
3327 signal implementations.
3328 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
3329 indicating everything behaves normally.
3330 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
3331 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
3332 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
3333 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
3334 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
3335 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
3336 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
3337
3338 @item
3339 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
3340 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
3341 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
3342 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
3343 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
3344 while SRST is asserted.
3345 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
3346 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
3347
3348 @item
3349 The @var{connect_type} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
3350 SRST is asserted while connecting to the target. @option{srst_nogate}
3351 is required to use this option.
3352 @option{connect_deassert_srst} (default)
3353 indicates that SRST will not be asserted while connecting to the target.
3354 Its converse is @option{connect_assert_srst}, indicating that SRST will
3355 be asserted before any target connection.
3356 Only some targets support this feature, STM32 and STR9 are examples.
3357 This feature is useful if you are unable to connect to your target due
3358 to incorrect options byte config or illegal program execution.
3359 @end itemize
3360
3361 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
3362 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
3363 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
3364 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
3365 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
3366
3367 @itemize
3368 @item
3369 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
3370 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
3371 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
3372 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
3373
3374 @item
3375 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
3376 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
3377 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
3378 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
3379 powerup and pressing a reset button.
3380 @end itemize
3381 @end deffn
3382
3383 @section Custom Reset Handling
3384 @cindex events
3385
3386 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
3387 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
3388 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
3389 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
3390 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
3391 at particular points in the reset sequence.
3392
3393 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
3394 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
3395 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
3396 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
3397 want to reset everything at once.
3398
3399 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
3400 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
3401 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
3402 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
3403 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
3404 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
3405 needs special attention.
3406
3407 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
3408 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
3409 to find a sequence of operations that works.
3410 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
3411 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
3412 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
3413 (@pxref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage});
3414 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
3415
3416 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
3417 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
3418 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
3419 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
3420 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
3421
3422 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
3423 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
3424 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
3425 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
3426 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
3427 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
3428 low level reset command (@option{halt},
3429 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
3430 or potentially some other value.
3431
3432 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
3433 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
3434 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
3435 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
3436 (or their associated targets)
3437 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
3438
3439 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
3440 they return.
3441 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
3442 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
3443 @end deffn
3444
3445 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
3446 This validates the scan chain using just the four
3447 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
3448 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
3449 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
3450 matches the TAPs it can observe.
3451 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
3452 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
3453 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
3454 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
3455 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
3456 @end deffn
3457
3458 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
3459 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
3460 everything on the JTAG scan chain
3461 (and anything else connected to SRST).
3462 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
3463 @end deffn
3464
3465
3466 @node TAP Declaration
3467 @chapter TAP Declaration
3468 @cindex TAP declaration
3469 @cindex TAP configuration
3470
3471 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
3472 TAPs serve many roles, including:
3473
3474 @itemize @bullet
3475 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
3476 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
3477 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
3478 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
3479 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
3480 start running that code.
3481 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
3482 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
3483 and missing connections
3484 @end itemize
3485
3486 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
3487 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
3488 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
3489 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
3490 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
3491
3492 @section Scan Chains
3493 @cindex scan chain
3494
3495 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
3496 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
3497 They also need to be added to
3498 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
3499 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
3500 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
3501 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
3502 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
3503 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
3504 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
3505 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
3506
3507 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
3508 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
3509 command, presented in the next chapter.
3510 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
3511 debugging targets.)
3512 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
3513
3514 @verbatim
3515 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
3516 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
3517 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
3518 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
3519 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
3520 @end verbatim
3521
3522 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
3523 of it. @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
3524 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
3525 because not all devices provide good support for that.
3526 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
3527 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
3528 until they are told to do so.
3529
3530 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
3531 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
3532 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
3533 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
3534
3535 @example
3536 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
3537 @end example
3538
3539 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
3540 by a given chip.
3541 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
3542 and so forth.
3543 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
3544 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
3545 a single chip and between them.
3546 @xref{faqtaporder,,FAQ TAP Order}.
3547
3548 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
3549 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
3550 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
3551 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
3552 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
3553 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
3554 includes commands something like this:
3555
3556 @example
3557 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
3558 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
3559 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
3560 @end example
3561
3562 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
3563 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
3564 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
3565
3566 @deffn Command {jtag names}
3567 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
3568 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
3569 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
3570 @example
3571 foreach t [jtag names] @{
3572 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
3573 @}
3574 @end example
3575 @end deffn
3576
3577 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
3578 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
3579 and their status.
3580 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
3581 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
3582 but systems with a JTAG router can
3583 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
3584 @end deffn
3585
3586 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
3587 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
3588
3589 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
3590 @c (on entry to RESET state).
3591
3592 @section TAP Names
3593 @cindex dotted name
3594
3595 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
3596 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
3597 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
3598 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
3599 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
3600 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
3601 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
3602 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
3603
3604 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
3605 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
3606 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
3607
3608 @quotation Tip
3609 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
3610 This feature is still present.
3611 However its use is highly discouraged, and
3612 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
3613 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
3614 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
3615 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
3616 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
3617 @end quotation
3618
3619 @section TAP Declaration Commands
3620
3621 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
3622 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
3623 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
3624 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
3625
3626 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
3627 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
3628 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
3629 overridable.
3630
3631 @cindex TAP naming convention
3632 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
3633 and should follow this convention:
3634
3635 @itemize @bullet
3636 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
3637 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
3638 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
3639 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
3640 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
3641 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
3642 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
3643 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
3644 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
3645 with a single TAP;
3646 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
3647 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
3648 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
3649 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
3650 @end itemize
3651
3652 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
3653
3654 @itemize @bullet
3655 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
3656 @*The length in bits of the
3657 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
3658 @end itemize
3659
3660 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
3661
3662 @itemize @bullet
3663 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
3664 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
3665 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
3666 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
3667 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
3668 (the TAP is linked in).
3669 @xref{enablinganddisablingtaps,,Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
3670 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
3671 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
3672 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
3673 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
3674 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
3675 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
3676 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
3677 values that were found but not included in the list.
3678
3679 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
3680 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
3681 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
3682 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
3683 hardware to find these values.
3684 @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
3685 @item @code{-ignore-version}
3686 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
3687 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
3688 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
3689 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
3690 the various chip IDs. The version field is defined as bit 28-31 of the IDCODE.
3691 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
3692 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
3693 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
3694 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
3695 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
3696 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
3697 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
3698 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
3699 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
3700 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
3701 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
3702 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
3703 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
3704 @end itemize
3705 @end deffn
3706
3707 @section Other TAP commands
3708
3709 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
3710 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
3711 At this writing this TAP attribute
3712 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3713 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3714 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3715 See the next section for information about the available events.
3716
3717 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3718 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3719 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3720 @end deffn
3721
3722 @section TAP Events
3723 @cindex events
3724 @cindex TAP events
3725
3726 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3727 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3728 The other applies to debugger targets,
3729 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3730
3731 The TAP events currently defined are:
3732
3733 @itemize @bullet
3734 @item @b{post-reset}
3735 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3736 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3737 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3738 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3739 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3740
3741 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3742 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3743 of any particular target.
3744 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3745 @item @b{setup}
3746 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3747 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3748 @item @b{tap-disable}
3749 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3750 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3751 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3752 @item @b{tap-enable}
3753 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3754 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3755 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3756 @end itemize
3757
3758 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
3759 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3760 contents to be accurate), you might:
3761
3762 @example
3763 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3764 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3765 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3766 @}
3767 @end example
3768
3769
3770 @anchor{enablinganddisablingtaps}
3771 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3772 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3773 @cindex jrc
3774
3775 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3776 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3777 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
3778 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
3779 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3780
3781 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3782 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3783 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3784 be visible.
3785 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3786 ignores, such as:
3787
3788 @itemize
3789 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3790 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3791 TAPs receive new instructions.
3792 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3793 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3794 @end itemize
3795
3796 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3797 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3798 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3799 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3800
3801 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3802 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3803
3804 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3805 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3806 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3807 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3808 should define TAP event handlers using
3809 code that looks something like this:
3810
3811 @example
3812 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3813 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3814 @}
3815 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3816 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3817 @}
3818 @end example
3819
3820 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3821
3822 @example
3823 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3824 @end example
3825
3826 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3827 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3828 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3829 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3830
3831 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3832 If necessary, disables the tap
3833 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3834 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3835 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3836 and "0" if it is disabled.
3837 @end deffn
3838
3839 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3840 If necessary, enables the tap
3841 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3842 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3843 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3844 and "0" if it is disabled.
3845 @end deffn
3846
3847 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3848 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3849 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3850 and "0" if it is disabled.
3851
3852 @quotation Note
3853 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3854 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3855 @end quotation
3856 @end deffn
3857
3858 @anchor{autoprobing}
3859 @section Autoprobing
3860 @cindex autoprobe
3861 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3862
3863 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3864 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3865 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3866 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3867
3868 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3869 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3870 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3871 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3872 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3873 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3874 right when they come out of reset).
3875
3876 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3877
3878 @example
3879 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3880 reset_config trst_and_srst
3881 jtag_rclk 8
3882 @end example
3883
3884 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3885 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3886
3887 @enumerate
3888 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3889 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3890 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3891 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3892 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3893 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3894 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3895 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3896 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3897 that is discovered.
3898 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3899 register, it will report it.
3900 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3901 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3902 @end enumerate
3903
3904 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
3905 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
3906 that's a bit more complex:
3907
3908 @example
3909 clock speed 8 kHz
3910 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
3911 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
3912 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
3913 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
3914 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3915 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3916 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
3917 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3918 @end example
3919
3920 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3921 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3922 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3923 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3924 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3925 and so forth.
3926
3927 @node CPU Configuration
3928 @chapter CPU Configuration
3929 @cindex GDB target
3930
3931 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3932 You can also access these targets without GDB
3933 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3934 and @ref{targetstatehandling,,Target State handling}) and
3935 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3936 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3937
3938 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3939 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3940
3941 @section Target List
3942 @cindex target, current
3943 @cindex target, list
3944
3945 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
3946 where each member has a name.
3947 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
3948 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
3949 (plural!) command.
3950 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
3951 look like with more than one:
3952 @verbatim
3953 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
3954 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
3955 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
3956 1 MyTarget cortex_m little mychip.foo tap-disabled
3957 @end verbatim
3958
3959 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
3960 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
3961 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
3962 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
3963 space seen by that current target.
3964 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
3965 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
3966 are examples; and there are many more.
3967
3968 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
3969
3970 @deffn Command {target count}
3971 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3972 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
3973 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
3974
3975 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
3976 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
3977 @example
3978 set c [target count]
3979 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
3980 # Assuming you have created this function
3981 print_target_details $x
3982 @}
3983 @end example
3984 @end deffn
3985
3986 @deffn Command {target current}
3987 Returns the name of the current target.
3988 @end deffn
3989
3990 @deffn Command {target names}
3991 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
3992 @example
3993 foreach t [target names] @{
3994 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
3995 @}
3996 @end example
3997 @end deffn
3998
3999 @deffn Command {target number} number
4000 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
4001 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
4002
4003 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
4004 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
4005 @example
4006 set thename [target number $x]
4007 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
4008 @end example
4009 @end deffn
4010
4011 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
4012 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
4013
4014 @deffn Command targets [name]
4015 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
4016 command names are singular.}
4017
4018 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
4019 targets in a user friendly form.
4020
4021 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
4022 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
4023 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
4024 @end deffn
4025
4026 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
4027 @cindex target type
4028 @cindex CPU type
4029 @cindex CPU variant
4030
4031 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
4032 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
4033 when calling @command{target create}.
4034 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
4035 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
4036 what kind of debug support it integrates,
4037 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
4038 what core-specific commands may be available
4039 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
4040 and more.
4041
4042 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
4043 indicate differences that affect their handling.
4044 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
4045 worked around in some chip versions.
4046
4047 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
4048 since there's a command to list them.
4049 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
4050 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
4051
4052 @anchor{targettypes}
4053 @deffn Command {target types}
4054 Lists all supported target types.
4055 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
4056
4057 @itemize @bullet
4058 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
4059 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
4060 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
4061 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
4062 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
4063 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
4064 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
4065 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
4066 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
4067 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
4068 @item @code{cortex_m} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
4069 compact Thumb2 instruction set.
4070 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
4071 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
4072 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
4073 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
4074 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
4075 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
4076 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
4077 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
4078 There are several variants defined:
4079 @itemize @minus
4080 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
4081 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
4082 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
4083 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
4084 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
4085 @end itemize
4086 @end itemize
4087 @end deffn
4088
4089 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
4090 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
4091 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
4092 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
4093 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
4094 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
4095 reflect design generations;
4096 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
4097 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
4098
4099 @anchor{targetconfiguration}
4100 @section Target Configuration
4101
4102 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
4103 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
4104 which is used to set up the CPU support.
4105 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
4106 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
4107
4108 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
4109 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
4110 optional parts.
4111 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
4112 command, created as part of target creation.
4113
4114 The two main things to configure after target creation are
4115 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
4116 if the board setup code overrides them later;
4117 and event handlers (@pxref{targetevents,,Target Events}), which tend
4118 to be much more board-specific.
4119 The key steps you use might look something like this
4120
4121 @example
4122 target create MyTarget cortex_m -chain-position mychip.cpu
4123 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
4124 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
4125 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
4126 @end example
4127
4128 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
4129 on-chip SRAM.
4130 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
4131 writes to target memory;
4132 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
4133 GDB memory checksumming;
4134 and more.
4135
4136 @quotation Warning
4137 On more complex chips, the work area can become
4138 inaccessible when application code
4139 (such as an operating system)
4140 enables or disables the MMU.
4141 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
4142 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
4143 easy access to other addresses needed.
4144 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
4145 @end quotation
4146
4147 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
4148 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
4149 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
4150 controllers.
4151 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
4152 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
4153 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
4154
4155 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
4156 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
4157 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
4158 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
4159 purposes including additional configuration.
4160
4161 @itemize @bullet
4162 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
4163 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
4164 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
4165 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
4166
4167 This name is also used to create the target object command,
4168 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
4169 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
4170 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{targettypes,,target types}.
4171 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
4172 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
4173 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
4174 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
4175
4176 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
4177 @end itemize
4178 @end deffn
4179
4180 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
4181 The options accepted by this command may also be
4182 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
4183 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
4184 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
4185
4186 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
4187 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
4188 and changing its endianness or variant.
4189
4190 @itemize @bullet
4191
4192 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
4193 used to access this target.
4194
4195 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
4196 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
4197
4198 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
4199 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
4200 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
4201 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
4202 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
4203 same event name assigns only one handler.
4204
4205 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
4206 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
4207
4208 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
4209 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
4210 @emph{it is not backed up.}
4211 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
4212 since performing a backup slows down operations.
4213 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
4214 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
4215
4216 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
4217 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
4218 or virtual address is being used.
4219
4220 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
4221 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
4222
4223 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
4224 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
4225 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
4226 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
4227 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
4228
4229 @item @code{-rtos} @var{rtos_type} -- enable rtos support for target,
4230 @var{rtos_type} can be one of @option{auto}|@option{eCos}|@option{ThreadX}|
4231 @option{FreeRTOS}|@option{linux}|@option{ChibiOS}.
4232
4233 @end itemize
4234 @end deffn
4235
4236 @section Other $target_name Commands
4237 @cindex object command
4238
4239 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
4240 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
4241
4242 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
4243 Once a button is created a button
4244 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
4245 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
4246 configure it like this:
4247
4248 @example
4249 # Create
4250 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
4251 # Modify
4252 .foobar configure -foreground blue
4253 # Query
4254 set x [.foobar cget -background]
4255 # Report
4256 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
4257 @end example
4258
4259 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
4260 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
4261
4262 @example
4263 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
4264 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
4265 @end example
4266
4267 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
4268
4269 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
4270 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
4271 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
4272 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
4273 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
4274 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
4275 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
4276 They are not otherwise documented here.
4277 @end deffn
4278
4279 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
4280 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
4281 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
4282 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
4283 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
4284 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
4285 the target side uses raw memory.
4286
4287 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
4288 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
4289 The script orientation comes from working with data
4290 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
4291 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
4292 and neither store nor return those values.
4293
4294 @itemize
4295 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
4296 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
4297 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
4298 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
4299 @end itemize
4300 @end deffn
4301
4302 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
4303 Each configuration parameter accepted by
4304 @command{$target_name configure}
4305 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
4306 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
4307 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
4308 There are a few special cases:
4309
4310 @itemize @bullet
4311 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
4312 event named @var{event_name}.
4313 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
4314 two parameters.
4315 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
4316 This is a special case because this is set using
4317 @command{target create} and can't be changed
4318 using @command{$target_name configure}.
4319 @end itemize
4320
4321 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
4322 all the targets you might use something like this:
4323
4324 @example
4325 foreach name [target names] @{
4326 set y [$name cget -endian]
4327 set z [$name cget -type]
4328 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
4329 $x $name $y $z]
4330 @}
4331 @end example
4332 @end deffn
4333
4334 @anchor{targetcurstate}
4335 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
4336 Displays the current target state:
4337 @code{debug-running},
4338 @code{halted},
4339 @code{reset},
4340 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
4341 (Also, @pxref{eventpolling,,Event Polling}.)
4342 @end deffn
4343
4344 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
4345 Displays a table listing all event handlers
4346 currently associated with this target.
4347 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
4348 @end deffn
4349
4350 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
4351 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
4352 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
4353 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
4354 @end deffn
4355
4356 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
4357 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
4358 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
4359 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
4360 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
4361 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
4362 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
4363 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
4364 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
4365 @end deffn
4366
4367 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
4368 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
4369 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
4370 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4371 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4372 at the specified address @var{addr}.
4373 @end deffn
4374
4375 @anchor{targetevents}
4376 @section Target Events
4377 @cindex target events
4378 @cindex events
4379 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
4380 For example:
4381 @itemize @bullet
4382 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
4383 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
4384 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
4385 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
4386 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
4387 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
4388 to set up system clocks or
4389 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
4390 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
4391 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
4392 @end itemize
4393
4394 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
4395 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
4396 @command{target create ... -event}.
4397
4398 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
4399 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
4400 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
4401
4402 @example
4403 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
4404 echo "Reset..."
4405 reset halt
4406 @}
4407 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
4408 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
4409 echo "Reset..."
4410 # To make flash probe and gdb load to flash work we need a reset init.
4411 reset init
4412 @}
4413 @end example
4414
4415 The following target events are defined:
4416
4417 @itemize @bullet
4418 @item @b{debug-halted}
4419 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
4420 @item @b{debug-resumed}
4421 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
4422 @item @b{early-halted}
4423 @* Occurs early in the halt process
4424 @item @b{examine-start}
4425 @* Before target examine is called.
4426 @item @b{examine-end}
4427 @* After target examine is called with no errors.
4428 @item @b{gdb-attach}
4429 @* When GDB connects. This is before any communication with the target, so this
4430 can be used to set up the target so it is possible to probe flash. Probing flash
4431 is necessary during gdb connect if gdb load is to write the image to flash. Another
4432 use of the flash memory map is for GDB to automatically hardware/software breakpoints
4433 depending on whether the breakpoint is in RAM or read only memory.
4434 @item @b{gdb-detach}
4435 @* When GDB disconnects
4436 @item @b{gdb-end}
4437 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
4438 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
4439 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
4440 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
4441 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
4442 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
4443 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
4444 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
4445 @* After GDB writes to the flash
4446 @item @b{gdb-start}
4447 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
4448 @item @b{halted}
4449 @* The target has halted
4450 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
4451 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4452 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
4453 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
4454 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
4455 @item @b{reset-assert}
4456 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4457 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
4458 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
4459 it instead of asserting SRST.
4460 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
4461 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
4462 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
4463 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
4464 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4465 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
4466 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
4467 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
4468 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4469 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
4470 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
4471 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4472 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
4473 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
4474 released on the scan chain.
4475 @item @b{reset-end}
4476 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
4477 @ignore
4478 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
4479 @* Currently not used
4480 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
4481 @* Currently not used
4482 @end ignore
4483 @item @b{reset-init}
4484 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
4485 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
4486
4487 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
4488 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
4489 multiplexing, and so on.
4490 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
4491 the target clocks are fully set up.)
4492 @item @b{reset-start}
4493 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4494 before @command{reset_init} is called.
4495
4496 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
4497 or @command{adapter_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
4498 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
4499 @ignore
4500 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
4501 @* Currently not used
4502 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
4503 @* Currently not used
4504 @end ignore
4505 @item @b{resume-start}
4506 @* Before any target is resumed
4507 @item @b{resume-end}
4508 @* After all targets have resumed
4509 @item @b{resumed}
4510 @* Target has resumed
4511 @end itemize
4512
4513 @node Flash Commands
4514 @chapter Flash Commands
4515
4516 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
4517 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
4518 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
4519 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
4520 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
4521 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
4522 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
4523 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
4524 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
4525
4526 Flash Steps:
4527 @enumerate
4528 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
4529 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4530 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
4531 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
4532 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4533 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
4534 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
4535 @item GDB Flashing
4536 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
4537 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
4538 @xref{gdbconfiguration,,GDB Configuration}.
4539 @end enumerate
4540
4541 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
4542 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
4543 so that it can't boot.
4544 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
4545 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
4546
4547 @anchor{norconfiguration}
4548 @section Flash Configuration Commands
4549 @cindex flash configuration
4550
4551 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
4552 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
4553 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
4554 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
4555 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
4556 see the driver-specific documentation.
4557
4558 @itemize @bullet
4559 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
4560 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
4561 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
4562 associated with the flash bank being declared.
4563 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
4564 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
4565 @xref{flashdriverlist,,Flash Driver List}.
4566 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
4567 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
4568 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
4569 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
4570 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4571 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
4572 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4573 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
4574 commands to the flash controller.
4575 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4576 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
4577 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
4578 for more information.
4579 @end itemize
4580 @quotation Note
4581 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
4582 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
4583 @end quotation
4584 @end deffn
4585
4586 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
4587 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
4588 @deffn Command {flash banks}
4589 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
4590 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4591 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
4592 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
4593 @end deffn
4594
4595 @deffn Command {flash list}
4596 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
4597 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4598 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
4599 @end deffn
4600
4601 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
4602 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
4603 depends on the flash type.
4604 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4605 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
4606 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
4607 but most don't bother.
4608 @end deffn
4609
4610 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
4611 @cindex flash erasing
4612 @cindex flash reading
4613 @cindex flash writing
4614 @cindex flash programming
4615 @anchor{flashprogrammingcommands}
4616
4617 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
4618 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
4619 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
4620 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
4621 @xref{memoryaccess,,Memory access}, and @ref{imageaccess,,Image access}.
4622
4623 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
4624 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
4625 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
4626 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
4627 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
4628
4629 @quotation Note
4630 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
4631 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
4632 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
4633 back to a flash bank.
4634 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
4635 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
4636 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
4637 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
4638 Avoid confusing the two command models.
4639 @end quotation
4640
4641 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
4642 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
4643 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
4644 disabled first.
4645 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
4646 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
4647 @xref{flashprotect,,flash protect}.
4648
4649 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
4650 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4651 up to and including @var{last}.
4652 Sector numbering starts at 0.
4653 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4654 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4655 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4656 @end deffn
4657
4658 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] [@option{unlock}] address length
4659 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
4660 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
4661 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
4662 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
4663 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
4664 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
4665 the specified length must stay within that bank.
4666 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
4667 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
4668 If @option{unlock} is specified, then the flash is unprotected
4669 before erase starts.
4670 @end deffn
4671
4672 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
4673 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
4674 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
4675 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4676 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4677 starting at @var{address} and continuing
4678 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
4679 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
4680 before issuing this command.
4681 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
4682 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
4683 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
4684 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
4685 @end deffn
4686 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
4687
4688 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4689 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4690 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4691 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4692 @end deffn
4693
4694 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4695 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4696 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4697 to the base address for each section in the image.
4698 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4699 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4700 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4701 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4702 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4703 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4704 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4705 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4706 each image section.
4707
4708 @quotation Warning
4709 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4710 data you want to preserve.
4711 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4712 sections might be erased with no notice.
4713 @itemize
4714 @item
4715 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4716 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4717 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4718 @item
4719 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4720 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4721 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4722 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4723 @end itemize
4724 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4725 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4726 @end quotation
4727
4728 @end deffn
4729
4730 @section Other Flash commands
4731 @cindex flash protection
4732
4733 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4734 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4735 and display that status.
4736 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4737 @end deffn
4738
4739 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4740 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4741 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4742 This command will first query the hardware, it does not print cached
4743 and possibly stale information.
4744 @end deffn
4745
4746 @anchor{flashprotect}
4747 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4748 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4749 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4750 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4751 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4752 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4753 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4754 @end deffn
4755
4756 @anchor{program}
4757 @deffn Command {program} filename [verify] [reset] [offset]
4758 This is a helper script that simplifies using OpenOCD as a standalone
4759 programmer. The only required parameter is @option{filename}, the others are optional.
4760 @xref{Flash Programming}.
4761 @end deffn
4762
4763 @anchor{flashdriverlist}
4764 @section Flash Driver List
4765 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4766 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4767 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4768
4769 @subsection External Flash
4770
4771 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4772 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4773 @cindex CFI
4774 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4775 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4776 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4777 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4778 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4779 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4780 configure a bus and its timings), or
4781 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4782 on the flash chip.
4783 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4784 speed up operation.
4785
4786 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4787
4788 @itemize
4789 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4790 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4791 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4792 @end itemize
4793
4794 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4795 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4796
4797 @example
4798 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4799 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4800 @end example
4801
4802 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4803 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4804 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4805
4806 @example
4807 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4808 @end example
4809
4810 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4811 @end deffn
4812
4813 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpcspifi
4814 @cindex NXP SPI Flash Interface
4815 @cindex SPIFI
4816 @cindex lpcspifi
4817 NXP's LPC43xx and LPC18xx families include a proprietary SPI
4818 Flash Interface (SPIFI) peripheral that can drive and provide
4819 memory mapped access to external SPI flash devices.
4820
4821 The lpcspifi driver initializes this interface and provides
4822 program and erase functionality for these serial flash devices.
4823 Use of this driver @b{requires} a working area of at least 1kB
4824 to be configured on the target device; more than this will
4825 significantly reduce flash programming times.
4826
4827 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter. All
4828 other parameters are ignored, and the flash size and layout
4829 are configured by the driver.
4830
4831 @example
4832 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpcspifi 0x14000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4833 @end example
4834
4835 @end deffn
4836
4837 @deffn {Flash Driver} stmsmi
4838 @cindex STMicroelectronics Serial Memory Interface
4839 @cindex SMI
4840 @cindex stmsmi
4841 Some devices form STMicroelectronics (e.g. STR75x MCU family,
4842 SPEAr MPU family) include a proprietary
4843 ``Serial Memory Interface'' (SMI) controller able to drive external
4844 SPI flash devices.
4845 Depending on specific device and board configuration, up to 4 external
4846 flash devices can be connected.
4847
4848 SMI makes the flash content directly accessible in the CPU address
4849 space; each external device is mapped in a memory bank.
4850 CPU can directly read data, execute code and boot from SMI banks.
4851 Normal OpenOCD commands like @command{mdw} can be used to display
4852 the flash content.
4853
4854 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter in order
4855 to identify the memory bank.
4856 All other parameters are ignored. Additional information, like
4857 flash size, are detected automatically.
4858
4859 @example
4860 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stmsmi 0xf8000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4861 @end example
4862
4863 @end deffn
4864
4865 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
4866
4867 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
4868 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
4869 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4870 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
4871 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
4872 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
4873
4874 @example
4875 flash bank $_FLASHNAME aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4876 @end example
4877 @end deffn
4878
4879 @anchor{at91sam3}
4880 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
4881 @cindex at91sam3
4882 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4883 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4884 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
4885 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
4886 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
4887 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
4888 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
4889 chips are confirmed.}
4890
4891 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
4892 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
4893 the following fixed locations:
4894
4895 @example
4896 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
4897 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4898 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
4899 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4900 @end example
4901
4902 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
4903 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
4904 to the @command{flash bank} command:
4905
4906 @itemize
4907 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
4908 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
4909 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
4910 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
4911 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
4912 @end itemize
4913
4914 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
4915
4916 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
4917 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
4918 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
4919 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
4920 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
4921 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
4922 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
4923
4924 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
4925 modifies that GPNVM bit.
4926 @end deffn
4927
4928 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
4929 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
4930 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
4931 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
4932 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
4933 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
4934 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
4935 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
4936 @end deffn
4937
4938 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
4939 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
4940 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
4941 @end deffn
4942 @end deffn
4943
4944 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam4
4945 @cindex at91sam4
4946 All members of the AT91SAM4 microcontroller family from
4947 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M4 core.
4948 This driver uses the same cmd names/syntax as @xref{at91sam3}.
4949 @end deffn
4950
4951 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
4952 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
4953 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
4954 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
4955 register, and autoconfigures itself.
4956
4957 @example
4958 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4959 @end example
4960
4961 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
4962 provide additional parameters in the following order:
4963
4964 @itemize
4965 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
4966 @item @var{banks}
4967 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
4968 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
4969 @item @var{pages_size}
4970 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
4971 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
4972 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
4973 @end itemize
4974
4975 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
4976 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
4977 will be autoconfigured.
4978 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
4979
4980 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
4981 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
4982 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
4983 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
4984 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
4985
4986 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
4987 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
4988 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
4989 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
4990 are not truly general purpose).
4991 @quotation Note
4992 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
4993 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
4994 @end quotation
4995 @end deffn
4996 @end deffn
4997
4998 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
4999 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
5000 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
5001 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
5002 @end deffn
5003
5004 @deffn {Flash Driver} efm32
5005 All members of the EFM32 microcontroller family from Energy Micro include
5006 internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores. The driver automatically recognizes
5007 a number of these chips using the chip identification register, and
5008 autoconfigures itself.
5009 @example
5010 flash bank $_FLASHNAME efm32 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5011 @end example
5012 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete. Unprotecting flash pages is not
5013 supported.}
5014 @end deffn
5015
5016 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
5017 Most members of the LPC1700, LPC1800, LPC2000 and LPC4300 microcontroller
5018 families from NXP include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700, LPC1800),
5019 Cortex-M4 (LPC4300) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
5020
5021 @quotation Note
5022 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
5023 driver:
5024 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
5025 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
5026 @end quotation
5027
5028 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
5029 which must appear in the following order:
5030
5031 @itemize
5032 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
5033 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
5034 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
5035 @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
5036 or @option{lpc4300} - available also as @option{lpc1800} alias (LPC18x[2357] and
5037 LPC43x[2357])
5038 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
5039 at which the core is running
5040 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
5041 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
5042 @quotation Note
5043 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
5044 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
5045 However, if you do provide it,
5046 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
5047 @end quotation
5048 @end itemize
5049
5050 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5051
5052 @example
5053 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
5054 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
5055 @end example
5056
5057 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
5058 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
5059 the specified flash @var{bank}.
5060 @end deffn
5061 @end deffn
5062
5063 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
5064 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
5065 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
5066 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
5067 the programming clock rate in Hz.
5068 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5069
5070 @example
5071 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
5072 @end example
5073 @end deffn
5074
5075 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
5076 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
5077 from NXP.
5078
5079 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
5080 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
5081 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
5082 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
5083 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
5084 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
5085 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
5086 you start the PLL.
5087
5088 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
5089
5090 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
5091 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
5092 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
5093
5094 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
5095 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
5096 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
5097 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
5098 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
5099 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
5100 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
5101
5102 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
5103 @example
5104 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
5105 @end example
5106
5107 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
5108 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
5109 @code{flash banks} command.
5110
5111 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
5112 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
5113 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
5114 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
5115 a known signature.
5116 Example:
5117 @example
5118 lpc2900 signature 0
5119 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
5120 @end example
5121 @end deffn
5122
5123 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
5124 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
5125 saves it to a file in binary format.
5126 Example:
5127 @example
5128 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
5129 @end example
5130 @end deffn
5131
5132 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
5133 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
5134 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
5135 command:
5136
5137 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
5138 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
5139 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
5140 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
5141
5142 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
5143 Example:
5144 @example
5145 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
5146 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
5147 @end example
5148 @end deffn
5149
5150 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
5151 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
5152 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
5153 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
5154 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
5155 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
5156 912 bytes.
5157 @quotation Attention
5158 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5159 @end quotation
5160 Example:
5161 @example
5162 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
5163 @end example
5164 @end deffn
5165
5166 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
5167 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
5168 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
5169 after the next power cycle.
5170 @quotation Attention
5171 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5172 @end quotation
5173 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
5174 Example:
5175 @example
5176 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
5177 flash info 0
5178 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
5179 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
5180 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
5181 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
5182 @end example
5183 @end deffn
5184
5185 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
5186 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
5187 effective after the next power cycle.
5188 @quotation Attention
5189 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5190 @end quotation
5191 Examples:
5192 @example
5193 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
5194 @end example
5195 @end deffn
5196 @end deffn
5197
5198 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
5199 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
5200
5201 @example
5202 flash bank $_FLASHNAME ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5203 @end example
5204 @end deffn
5205
5206 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
5207 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
5208 and integrate flash memory.
5209
5210 @example
5211 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5212 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1d000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5213 @end example
5214
5215 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
5216 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
5217 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
5218 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
5219 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
5220 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
5221 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
5222 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
5223 @end deffn
5224 @deffn Command {pic32mx unlock} bank
5225 Unlock and erase specified chip @var{bank}.
5226 This will remove any Code Protection.
5227 @end deffn
5228 @end deffn
5229
5230 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
5231 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
5232 Texas Instruments
5233 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
5234 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5235 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5236 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
5237 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
5238 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
5239
5240 @example
5241 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5242 @end example
5243
5244 @deffn Command {stellaris recover bank_id}
5245 Performs the @emph{Recovering a "Locked" Device} procedure to
5246 restore the flash specified by @var{bank_id} and its associated
5247 nonvolatile registers to their factory default values (erased).
5248 This is the only way to remove flash protection or re-enable
5249 debugging if that capability has been disabled.
5250
5251 Note that the final "power cycle the chip" step in this procedure
5252 must be performed by hand, since OpenOCD can't do it.
5253 @quotation Warning
5254 if more than one Stellaris chip is connected, the procedure is
5255 applied to all of them.
5256 @end quotation
5257 @end deffn
5258 @end deffn
5259
5260 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f1x
5261 All members of the STM32F0, STM32F1 and STM32F3 microcontroller families
5262 from ST Microelectronics include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M0/M3/M4 cores.
5263 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5264 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5265
5266 @example
5267 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5268 @end example
5269
5270 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5271 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5272 the flash driver.
5273
5274 @example
5275 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5276 @end example
5277
5278 If you have a target with dual flash banks then define the second bank
5279 as per the following example.
5280 @example
5281 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0x08080000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5282 @end example
5283
5284 Some stm32f1x-specific commands
5285 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32f1x mass_erase} command.
5286 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
5287 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
5288 are defined:
5289
5290 @deffn Command {stm32f1x lock} num
5291 Locks the entire stm32 device.
5292 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5293 @end deffn
5294
5295 @deffn Command {stm32f1x unlock} num
5296 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
5297 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5298 @end deffn
5299
5300 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_read} num
5301 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
5302 the @command{stm32f1x options_write} command.
5303 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5304 @end deffn
5305
5306 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
5307 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
5308 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5309 @end deffn
5310 @end deffn
5311
5312 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f2x
5313 All members of the STM32F2 and STM32F4 microcontroller families from ST Microelectronics
5314 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M3/M4 cores.
5315 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5316 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5317
5318 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5319 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5320 the flash driver.
5321
5322 @example
5323 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f2x 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5324 @end example
5325
5326 Some stm32f2x-specific commands are defined:
5327
5328 @deffn Command {stm32f2x lock} num
5329 Locks the entire stm32 device.
5330 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5331 @end deffn
5332
5333 @deffn Command {stm32f2x unlock} num
5334 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
5335 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5336 @end deffn
5337 @end deffn
5338
5339 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32lx
5340 All members of the STM32L microcontroller families from ST Microelectronics
5341 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M3 cores.
5342 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5343 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5344
5345 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5346 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5347 the flash driver.
5348
5349 @example
5350 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32lx 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5351 @end example
5352 @end deffn
5353
5354 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
5355 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
5356 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5357 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
5358 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
5359
5360 @example
5361 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
5362 @end example
5363
5364 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
5365 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
5366 for the specified flash bank.
5367 @end deffn
5368 @end deffn
5369
5370 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
5371 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
5372 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
5373 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
5374 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
5375
5376 @example
5377 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5378 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
5379 @end example
5380
5381 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
5382 Configures the str9 flash controller.
5383 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5384
5385 @itemize @bullet
5386 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
5387 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
5388 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
5389 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
5390 @end itemize
5391 @end deffn
5392
5393 @end deffn
5394
5395 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
5396 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
5397 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5398 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5399
5400 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
5401
5402 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
5403 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
5404 @end deffn
5405
5406 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
5407 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
5408 @end deffn
5409
5410 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
5411 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
5412 the flash clock.
5413 @end deffn
5414 @end deffn
5415
5416 @deffn {Flash Driver} virtual
5417 This is a special driver that maps a previously defined bank to another
5418 address. All bank settings will be copied from the master physical bank.
5419
5420 The @var{virtual} driver defines one mandatory parameters,
5421
5422 @itemize
5423 @item @var{master_bank} The bank that this virtual address refers to.
5424 @end itemize
5425
5426 So in the following example addresses 0xbfc00000 and 0x9fc00000 refer to
5427 the flash bank defined at address 0x1fc00000. Any cmds executed on
5428 the virtual banks are actually performed on the physical banks.
5429 @example
5430 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pic32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5431 flash bank vbank0 virtual 0xbfc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5432 flash bank vbank1 virtual 0x9fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5433 @end example
5434 @end deffn
5435
5436 @deffn {Flash Driver} fm3
5437 All members of the FM3 microcontroller family from Fujitsu
5438 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
5439 The @var{fm3} driver uses the @var{target} parameter to select the
5440 correct bank config, it can currently be one of the following:
5441 @code{mb9bfxx1.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx2.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx3.cpu},
5442 @code{mb9bfxx4.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx5.cpu} or @code{mb9bfxx6.cpu}.
5443
5444 @example
5445 flash bank $_FLASHNAME fm3 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5446 @end example
5447 @end deffn
5448
5449 @subsection str9xpec driver
5450 @cindex str9xpec
5451
5452 Here is some background info to help
5453 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
5454 the str9:
5455 @enumerate
5456 @item
5457 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
5458 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
5459 @item
5460 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
5461 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
5462 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
5463 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
5464 @end enumerate
5465
5466 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
5467 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
5468 configured for flash bank 0.
5469 @example
5470 # assert srst, we do not want core running
5471 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
5472 jtag_reset 0 1
5473 # turn off target polling
5474 poll off
5475 # disable str9 core
5476 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
5477 # read option bytes
5478 str9xpec options_read 0
5479 # re-enable str9 core
5480 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
5481 poll on
5482 reset halt
5483 @end example
5484 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
5485 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
5486 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
5487 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
5488
5489 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
5490 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
5491 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
5492 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
5493 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
5494
5495 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
5496
5497 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
5498 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
5499 @end deffn
5500
5501 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
5502 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
5503 directly to the embedded flash controller.
5504 @end deffn
5505
5506 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
5507 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
5508 erase the device.
5509 @end deffn
5510
5511 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
5512 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
5513 @end deffn
5514
5515 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
5516 Configure str9 boot bank.
5517 @end deffn
5518
5519 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5520 Configure str9 lvd source.
5521 @end deffn
5522
5523 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
5524 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
5525 @end deffn
5526
5527 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5528 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
5529 @end deffn
5530
5531 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
5532 Read str9 option bytes.
5533 @end deffn
5534
5535 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
5536 Write str9 option bytes.
5537 @end deffn
5538
5539 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
5540 unlock str9 device.
5541 @end deffn
5542
5543 @end deffn
5544
5545
5546 @section mFlash
5547
5548 @subsection mFlash Configuration
5549 @cindex mFlash Configuration
5550
5551 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
5552 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
5553 address @var{base}.
5554 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
5555 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
5556
5557 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
5558
5559 @example
5560 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
5561 @end example
5562
5563 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
5564
5565 @example
5566 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
5567 @end example
5568 @end deffn
5569
5570 @subsection mFlash commands
5571 @cindex mFlash commands
5572
5573 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
5574 Configure mflash PLL.
5575 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
5576 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
5577 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
5578 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
5579 @end deffn
5580
5581 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
5582 Configure bootable option.
5583 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
5584 (4kB) for boot.
5585 @end deffn
5586
5587 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
5588 Configure storage information.
5589 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
5590 written.
5591 @end deffn
5592
5593 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
5594 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
5595 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
5596 @end deffn
5597
5598 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
5599 Probe mflash.
5600 @end deffn
5601
5602 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
5603 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
5604 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
5605 @end deffn
5606
5607 @node Flash Programming
5608 @chapter Flash Programming
5609
5610 OpenOCD implements numerous ways to program the target flash, whether internal or external.
5611 Programming can be acheived by either using GDB @ref{programmingusinggdb,,Programming using GDB},
5612 or using the cmds given in @ref{flashprogrammingcommands,,Flash Programming Commands}.
5613
5614 @*To simplify using the flash cmds directly a jimtcl script is available that handles the programming and verify stage.
5615 OpenOCD will program/verify/reset the target and shutdown.
5616
5617 The script is executed as follows and by default the following actions will be peformed.
5618 @enumerate
5619 @item 'init' is executed.
5620 @item 'reset init' is called to reset and halt the target, any 'reset init' scripts are executed.
5621 @item @code{flash write_image} is called to erase and write any flash using the filename given.
5622 @item @code{verify_image} is called if @option{verify} parameter is given.
5623 @item @code{reset run} is called if @option{reset} parameter is given.
5624 @item OpenOCD is shutdown.
5625 @end enumerate
5626
5627 An example of usage is given below. @xref{program}.
5628
5629 @example
5630 # program and verify using elf/hex/s19. verify and reset
5631 # are optional parameters
5632 openocd -f board/stm32f3discovery.cfg \
5633 -c "program filename.elf verify reset"
5634
5635 # binary files need the flash address passing
5636 openocd -f board/stm32f3discovery.cfg \
5637 -c "program filename.bin 0x08000000"
5638 @end example
5639
5640 @node NAND Flash Commands
5641 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
5642 @cindex NAND
5643
5644 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
5645 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
5646 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
5647
5648 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
5649 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
5650 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
5651 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
5652 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
5653 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
5654
5655 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
5656 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
5657 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
5658 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
5659 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
5660 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
5661 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
5662 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
5663 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
5664 with techniques such as wear leveling.
5665
5666 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
5667 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
5668 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
5669 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
5670 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
5671 every 512 bytes of data.
5672
5673 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
5674 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
5675 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
5676 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
5677 ECC mode is used.
5678
5679 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
5680 @enumerate
5681 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
5682 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
5683 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
5684 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
5685 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
5686 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
5687 to access that device.
5688 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
5689 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
5690 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
5691 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
5692 de-brick a board.
5693 @end enumerate
5694
5695 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
5696 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
5697 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
5698 are only 32 bits wide.
5699 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
5700 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
5701 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
5702 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
5703
5704 @anchor{nandconfiguration}
5705 @section NAND Configuration Commands
5706 @cindex NAND configuration
5707
5708 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
5709 plus some additional configuration that's done after
5710 OpenOCD has initialized.
5711
5712 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
5713 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
5714 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
5715 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
5716 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
5717 they were a single (larger) device.
5718 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
5719 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
5720
5721 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
5722 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
5723 configuration files, not interactively.
5724
5725 @itemize @bullet
5726 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
5727 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
5728 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
5729 associated with the NAND device being declared.
5730 @xref{nanddriverlist,,NAND Driver List}.
5731 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
5732 commands to the NAND controller.
5733 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
5734 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
5735 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
5736 for more information.
5737 @end itemize
5738 @end deffn
5739
5740 @deffn Command {nand list}
5741 Prints a summary of each device declared
5742 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
5743 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
5744 @example
5745 > nand list
5746 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5747 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5748 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5749 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5750 >
5751 @end example
5752 @end deffn
5753
5754 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
5755 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
5756 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
5757 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5758 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
5759 it with most other NAND commands.
5760 @end deffn
5761
5762 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
5763
5764 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
5765 @cindex NAND reading
5766 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
5767 starting at the specified offset.
5768 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5769
5770 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5771 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5772
5773 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
5774 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
5775 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
5776
5777 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
5778 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
5779 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
5780 method which handled that error correction.
5781
5782 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
5783 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
5784 @itemize @bullet
5785 @item no oob_* parameter
5786 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
5787 @item @code{oob_raw}
5788 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
5789 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
5790 spare areas associated with each data page.
5791 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
5792 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
5793 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
5794 @item @code{oob_only}
5795 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
5796 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
5797 spare areas associated with each data page.
5798 @end itemize
5799 @end deffn
5800
5801 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
5802 @cindex NAND erasing
5803 @cindex NAND programming
5804 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
5805 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
5806 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5807 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5808 If those parameters are not specified,
5809 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
5810 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5811
5812 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
5813 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
5814 block marker.
5815 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
5816 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
5817 @end deffn
5818
5819 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
5820 @cindex NAND writing
5821 @cindex NAND programming
5822 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
5823 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
5824 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
5825 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5826
5827 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5828 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5829
5830 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5831 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
5832 past the end of the device.
5833 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
5834 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
5835 if that's being written.)
5836
5837 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
5838 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
5839 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
5840
5841 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
5842 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
5843 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
5844 @itemize @bullet
5845 @item no oob_* parameter
5846 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5847 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
5848 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5849 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
5850 with hardware-computed ECC data.
5851 @item @code{oob_only}
5852 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
5853 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
5854 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
5855 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
5856 @item @code{oob_raw}
5857 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
5858 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
5859 un-altered OOB.
5860 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5861 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
5862 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
5863 @item @code{oob_softecc}
5864 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5865 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
5866 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
5867 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5868 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5869 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
5870 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5871 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
5872 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
5873 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5874 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5875 @end itemize
5876 @end deffn
5877
5878 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
5879 @cindex NAND verification
5880 @cindex NAND programming
5881 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
5882 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
5883 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5884
5885 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5886 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5887
5888 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5889 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
5890 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
5891 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
5892 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
5893
5894 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
5895 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
5896 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
5897
5898 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
5899 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
5900 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
5901 be removed in a future release.
5902 @end deffn
5903
5904 @section Other NAND commands
5905 @cindex NAND other commands
5906
5907 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} num [offset length]
5908 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
5909 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
5910 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
5911 continues for @var{length} bytes.
5912 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5913 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5914 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5915
5916 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
5917 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
5918 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
5919 @end deffn
5920
5921 @deffn Command {nand info} num
5922 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5923 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
5924 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
5925 status for each block.
5926 @end deffn
5927
5928 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5929 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
5930 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5931
5932 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
5933 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
5934 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
5935 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
5936 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
5937
5938 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
5939 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
5940 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
5941 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
5942 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
5943 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
5944 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
5945 @end deffn
5946
5947 @anchor{nanddriverlist}
5948 @section NAND Driver List
5949 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
5950 driver-specific options and behaviors.
5951 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
5952
5953 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
5954 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
5955 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
5956 address of the ECC controller.
5957 @example
5958 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
5959 @end example
5960 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
5961 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
5962 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
5963 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
5964 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
5965 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
5966 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
5967 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5968 @end deffn
5969 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
5970 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
5971 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5972 @end deffn
5973
5974 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
5975 properly configured for input or output.
5976 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
5977 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
5978 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5979 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5980 @end deffn
5981 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
5982 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
5983 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5984 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5985 @end deffn
5986 @end deffn
5987
5988 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
5989 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
5990 chips from Texas Instruments.
5991 It takes three extra parameters:
5992 address of the NAND chip;
5993 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
5994 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
5995 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
5996 @example
5997 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
5998 @end example
5999 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
6000 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
6001 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
6002 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
6003 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
6004 @end deffn
6005
6006 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
6007 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
6008 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
6009 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
6010 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
6011 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
6012 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6013 @end deffn
6014
6015 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
6016 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
6017 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
6018 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
6019 @end deffn
6020 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
6021
6022 @deffn {NAND Driver} mx3
6023 This driver handles the NAND controller in i.MX31. The mxc driver
6024 should work for this chip aswell.
6025 @end deffn
6026
6027 @deffn {NAND Driver} mxc
6028 This driver handles the NAND controller found in Freescale i.MX
6029 chips. It has support for v1 (i.MX27 and i.MX31) and v2 (i.MX35).
6030 The driver takes 3 extra arguments, chip (@option{mx27},
6031 @option{mx31}, @option{mx35}), ecc (@option{noecc}, @option{hwecc})
6032 and optionally if bad block information should be swapped between
6033 main area and spare area (@option{biswap}), defaults to off.
6034 @example
6035 nand device mx35.nand mxc imx35.cpu mx35 hwecc biswap
6036 @end example
6037 @deffn Command {mxc biswap} bank_num [enable|disable]
6038 Turns on/off bad block information swaping from main area,
6039 without parameter query status.
6040 @end deffn
6041 @end deffn
6042
6043 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
6044 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
6045 parameter: the address of the controller.
6046 @example
6047 nand device orion 0xd8000000
6048 @end example
6049 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
6050 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
6051 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
6052 change any behavior.
6053 @end deffn
6054
6055 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
6056 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
6057 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
6058 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
6059 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
6060 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
6061 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
6062 specialized commands.
6063 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
6064 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
6065 change any behavior.
6066 @end deffn
6067
6068 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
6069 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
6070 @cindex PLD
6071 @cindex FPGA
6072
6073 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
6074 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
6075 OpenOCD can support programming them.
6076 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
6077 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
6078 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
6079 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
6080
6081 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
6082
6083 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
6084 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
6085 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
6086
6087 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
6088 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
6089
6090 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
6091 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
6092 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
6093 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
6094 behavior.
6095 @end deffn
6096
6097 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
6098 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
6099 @end deffn
6100
6101 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
6102 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
6103 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
6104 @end deffn
6105
6106 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
6107
6108 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
6109 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
6110 that particular type of PLD.
6111
6112 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
6113 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
6114 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
6115 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
6116 and one driver-specific command is defined.
6117
6118 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
6119 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
6120 for FPGA @var{num}.
6121 @end deffn
6122 @end deffn
6123
6124 @node General Commands
6125 @chapter General Commands
6126 @cindex commands
6127
6128 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
6129 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
6130 commands are documented elsewhere.
6131
6132 Intent:
6133 @itemize @bullet
6134 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
6135 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
6136 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
6137 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
6138
6139 @item @b{From the human}
6140 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
6141 or via GDB (default port 3333).
6142
6143 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
6144 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
6145 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
6146
6147 @item @b{Machine Interface}
6148 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
6149 port is 5555.
6150 @end itemize
6151
6152
6153 @section Daemon Commands
6154
6155 @deffn {Command} exit
6156 Exits the current telnet session.
6157 @end deffn
6158
6159 @deffn {Command} help [string]
6160 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
6161 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
6162 Not every command provides helptext.
6163
6164 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
6165 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
6166 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
6167 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
6168 @end deffn
6169
6170 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
6171 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
6172 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
6173 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
6174 Useful in connection with script files
6175 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
6176 @end deffn
6177
6178 @deffn Command shutdown
6179 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
6180 @end deffn
6181
6182 @anchor{debuglevel}
6183 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
6184 @cindex message level
6185 Display debug level.
6186 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
6187 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
6188 Level 0 is error messages only;
6189 level 1 adds warnings;
6190 level 2 adds informational messages;
6191 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
6192 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
6193 the command line along with the location of that log
6194 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
6195 @xref{Running}.
6196 @end deffn
6197
6198 @deffn Command echo [-n] message
6199 Logs a message at "user" priority.
6200 Output @var{message} to stdout.
6201 Option "-n" suppresses trailing newline.
6202 @example
6203 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
6204 @end example
6205 @end deffn
6206
6207 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
6208 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
6209 the initial log output channel is stderr.
6210 @end deffn
6211
6212 @deffn Command add_script_search_dir [directory]
6213 Add @var{directory} to the file/script search path.
6214 @end deffn
6215
6216 @anchor{targetstatehandling}
6217 @section Target State handling
6218 @cindex reset
6219 @cindex halt
6220 @cindex target initialization
6221
6222 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
6223 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
6224 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
6225 a current target which is used to perform the
6226 various operations. The current target may be changed
6227 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
6228 target which should become current.
6229
6230 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
6231 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
6232 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
6233 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
6234 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
6235
6236 @emph{With no arguments}:
6237 list all available registers for the current target,
6238 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
6239 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
6240 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
6241 are flagged as such.
6242
6243 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
6244
6245 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
6246 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
6247 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
6248 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
6249 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
6250 relevant module will flush such values.
6251
6252 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
6253 Debug and trace infrastructure:
6254
6255 @example
6256 > reg
6257 ===== ARM registers
6258 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
6259 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
6260 (2) r2 (/32)
6261 ...
6262 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
6263 >
6264 @end example
6265 @end deffn
6266
6267 @deffn Command halt [ms]
6268 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
6269 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
6270 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
6271 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
6272 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
6273 (and enter debug mode).
6274 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
6275
6276 @quotation Warning
6277 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
6278 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
6279 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
6280 power mode by gating the core clock;
6281 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
6282
6283 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
6284 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
6285 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
6286 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
6287 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
6288 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
6289
6290 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
6291 work with a JTAG debugger.
6292 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
6293 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
6294 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
6295 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
6296 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
6297 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
6298 @end quotation
6299
6300 @end deffn
6301
6302 @deffn Command resume [address]
6303 Resume the target at its current code position,
6304 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
6305 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
6306 @end deffn
6307
6308 @deffn Command step [address]
6309 Single-step the target at its current code position,
6310 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
6311 @end deffn
6312
6313 @anchor{resetcommand}
6314 @deffn Command reset
6315 @deffnx Command {reset run}
6316 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
6317 @deffnx Command {reset init}
6318 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
6319 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
6320 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
6321
6322 The optional parameter specifies what should
6323 happen after the reset.
6324 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
6325 The other options will not work on all systems.
6326 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6327
6328 @itemize @minus
6329 @item @b{run} Let the target run
6330 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
6331 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
6332 @end itemize
6333 @end deffn
6334
6335 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
6336 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
6337 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
6338 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
6339 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
6340 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
6341 state.
6342 @end deffn
6343
6344 @section I/O Utilities
6345
6346 These commands are available when
6347 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
6348 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
6349 notably the ZY1000.
6350 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
6351
6352 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
6353
6354 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
6355 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
6356 the text file @file{filename}.
6357 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
6358 The last string is followed by a newline.
6359 @end deffn
6360
6361 @deffn Command cat filename
6362 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
6363 @end deffn
6364
6365 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
6366 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
6367 into @file{dest_filename}.
6368 @end deffn
6369
6370 @deffn Command ip
6371 @emph{No description provided.}
6372 @end deffn
6373
6374 @deffn Command ls
6375 @emph{No description provided.}
6376 @end deffn
6377
6378 @deffn Command mac
6379 @emph{No description provided.}
6380 @end deffn
6381
6382 @deffn Command meminfo
6383 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
6384 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
6385 @end deffn
6386
6387 @deffn Command peek
6388 @emph{No description provided.}
6389 @end deffn
6390
6391 @deffn Command poke
6392 @emph{No description provided.}
6393 @end deffn
6394
6395 @deffn Command rm filename
6396 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
6397 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
6398 @end deffn
6399
6400 @deffn Command trunc filename
6401 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
6402 @end deffn
6403
6404 @anchor{memoryaccess}
6405 @section Memory access commands
6406 @cindex memory access
6407
6408 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
6409 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
6410 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
6411 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
6412
6413 @enumerate
6414 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
6415 to change the current target.
6416 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
6417 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
6418 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
6419 @end enumerate
6420
6421 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
6422 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
6423 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
6424 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
6425 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
6426 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
6427 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
6428 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6429 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6430 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6431 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
6432 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
6433 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
6434 @end deffn
6435
6436 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
6437 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
6438 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
6439 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
6440 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
6441 at the specified address @var{addr}.
6442 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
6443 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6444 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6445 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6446 @end deffn
6447
6448 @anchor{imageaccess}
6449 @section Image loading commands
6450 @cindex image loading
6451 @cindex image dumping
6452
6453 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
6454 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
6455 binary file named @var{filename}.
6456 @end deffn
6457
6458 @deffn Command {fast_load}
6459 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
6460 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
6461 @end deffn
6462
6463 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}]
6464 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
6465 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
6466 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
6467 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
6468 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
6469 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
6470 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
6471 separately.
6472 @end deffn
6473
6474 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [[@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}] @option{min_addr} @option{max_length}]
6475 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory offset by @var{address} from its load address.
6476 The file format may optionally be specified
6477 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, @option{elf}, or @option{s19}).
6478 In addition the following arguments may be specifed:
6479 @var{min_addr} - ignore data below @var{min_addr} (this is w.r.t. to the target's load address + @var{address})
6480 @var{max_length} - maximum number of bytes to load.
6481 @example
6482 proc load_image_bin @{fname foffset address length @} @{
6483 # Load data from fname filename at foffset offset to
6484 # target at address. Load at most length bytes.
6485 load_image $fname [expr $address - $foffset] bin $address $length
6486 @}
6487 @end example
6488 @end deffn
6489
6490 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
6491 Displays image section sizes and addresses
6492 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
6493 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
6494 The file format may optionally be specified
6495 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6496 @end deffn
6497
6498 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
6499 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
6500 The file format may optionally be specified
6501 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6502 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
6503 @end deffn
6504
6505
6506 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
6507 @cindex breakpoint
6508 @cindex watchpoint
6509
6510 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
6511 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
6512 watchpoints.
6513 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
6514
6515 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
6516 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
6517 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
6518 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6519 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
6520 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
6521
6522 (@xref{arm9vectorcatch,,arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscalevectorcatch,,xscale vector_catch},
6523 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
6524 @end deffn
6525
6526 @deffn Command {rbp} address
6527 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
6528 @end deffn
6529
6530 @deffn Command {rwp} address
6531 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
6532 @end deffn
6533
6534 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
6535 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
6536 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6537 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
6538 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
6539 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
6540 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
6541 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
6542 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
6543 @end deffn
6544
6545 @section Misc Commands
6546
6547 @cindex profiling
6548 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
6549 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
6550 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
6551 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
6552 @end deffn
6553
6554 @deffn Command {version}
6555 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
6556 @end deffn
6557
6558 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
6559 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
6560 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
6561 @end deffn
6562
6563 @node Architecture and Core Commands
6564 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
6565 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
6566 @cindex Core Specific Commands
6567
6568 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
6569 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
6570 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
6571 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
6572
6573 @anchor{armhardwaretracing}
6574 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
6575 @cindex tracing
6576 @cindex ETM
6577 @cindex ETB
6578
6579 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
6580 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
6581 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
6582
6583 @itemize
6584 @item
6585 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
6586 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
6587 supports such an interface.
6588 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
6589 and trace port support.)
6590 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
6591 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
6592 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
6593 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
6594 in the board-specific configuration file.
6595 @item
6596 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
6597 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
6598 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
6599 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
6600 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
6601 @end itemize
6602
6603 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
6604
6605 @quotation Issues
6606 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
6607 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
6608
6609 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
6610 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
6611 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
6612 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
6613 dummy trace port driver}.
6614
6615 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
6616 as well as tracing only during specific states
6617 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
6618
6619 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
6620 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
6621 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
6622 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
6623 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
6624
6625 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
6626 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
6627 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
6628 this original style of JTAG access.
6629 @end quotation
6630
6631 @subsection ETM Configuration
6632 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
6633
6634 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
6635 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
6636 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{traceportdrivers,,Trace Port Drivers}.
6637
6638 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
6639 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
6640 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
6641 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
6642 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
6643 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
6644 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
6645 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
6646 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
6647
6648 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
6649 or @option{demultiplexed}.
6650 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
6651
6652 @quotation Warning
6653 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
6654 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
6655 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
6656 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
6657 @end quotation
6658
6659 @quotation Note
6660 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
6661 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
6662 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
6663 what CPU activities are traced.
6664 @end quotation
6665 @end deffn
6666
6667 @deffn Command {etm info}
6668 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
6669 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
6670 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
6671 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
6672 @end deffn
6673
6674 @deffn Command {etm status}
6675 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
6676 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
6677 Did trace data overflow?
6678 Was it triggered?
6679 @end deffn
6680
6681 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
6682 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
6683 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
6684 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
6685 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
6686
6687 @itemize
6688 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
6689 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
6690 The value is one of
6691 @option{none} (save nothing),
6692 @option{data} (save data),
6693 @option{address} (save addresses),
6694 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
6695 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
6696 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
6697 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
6698 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
6699 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
6700 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
6701 trace stream without an image of the code.
6702 @end itemize
6703 @end deffn
6704
6705 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6706 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
6707 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
6708 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
6709 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
6710
6711 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
6712 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
6713 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
6714 @end deffn
6715
6716 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
6717
6718 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
6719 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
6720 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
6721
6722 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
6723 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
6724 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
6725 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
6726 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
6727 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
6728 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
6729
6730 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
6731
6732 @itemize
6733 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
6734 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
6735 for instruction access within that function's body.
6736 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
6737 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
6738 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
6739 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
6740 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
6741 combining one of the above models with a counter.
6742 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
6743 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
6744 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
6745 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
6746 @item @emph{... more}
6747 @end itemize
6748
6749 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
6750 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
6751
6752 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
6753 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
6754 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
6755 @end deffn
6756
6757 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
6758 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
6759 @end deffn
6760
6761 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
6762 Opens an image file.
6763 @end deffn
6764
6765 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
6766 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
6767 @end deffn
6768
6769 @deffn Command {etm start}
6770 Starts trace data collection.
6771 @end deffn
6772
6773 @deffn Command {etm stop}
6774 Stops trace data collection.
6775 @end deffn
6776
6777 @anchor{traceportdrivers}
6778 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
6779
6780 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
6781
6782 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
6783 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6784 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
6785 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
6786 any trace data collection.}
6787 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
6788 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
6789 @end deffn
6790 @end deffn
6791
6792 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
6793 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
6794 to use on-chip ETB memory.
6795 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
6796 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
6797 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
6798 @end deffn
6799 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
6800 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
6801 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
6802 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
6803 trace trigger becomes active.
6804
6805 @itemize
6806 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
6807 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
6808 afterwards.
6809 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
6810 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
6811 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
6812 what caused that event to happen.
6813 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
6814 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
6815 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
6816 how the event caused trouble.
6817 @end itemize
6818 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
6819 @end deffn
6820
6821 @end deffn
6822
6823 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
6824 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
6825 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
6826 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
6827 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
6828
6829 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6830 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
6831
6832 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
6833 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
6834 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
6835 @end deffn
6836
6837 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
6838 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
6839 @end deffn
6840
6841 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
6842 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
6843 @end deffn
6844 @end deffn
6845
6846
6847 @section Generic ARM
6848 @cindex ARM
6849
6850 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
6851 They are available in addition to other core-specific
6852 commands that may be available.
6853
6854 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
6855 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
6856 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
6857 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
6858 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6859 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
6860 @end deffn
6861
6862 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
6863 @cindex disassemble
6864 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
6865 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6866 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
6867 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
6868 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
6869 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6870 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
6871
6872 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
6873 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
6874 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
6875 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
6876 with a handful of exceptions.
6877 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
6878 @end deffn
6879
6880 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
6881 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
6882 passing parameters @var{CRn},
6883 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6884 and using the MCR instruction.
6885 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6886 an ARM register.)
6887 @end deffn
6888
6889 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
6890 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
6891 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6892 and the MRC instruction.
6893 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
6894 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6895 an ARM register.)
6896 @end deffn
6897
6898 @deffn Command {arm reg}
6899 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
6900 core mode if necessary.
6901 @end deffn
6902
6903 @deffn Command {arm semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6904 @cindex ARM semihosting
6905 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
6906
6907 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
6908 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
6909 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
6910 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
6911 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
6912 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
6913 @end deffn
6914
6915 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
6916 @cindex ARMv4
6917 @cindex ARMv5
6918
6919 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
6920 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
6921 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
6922 variant.
6923
6924 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
6925 @cindex ARM7
6926 @cindex ARM9
6927
6928 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
6929 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
6930 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
6931 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
6932
6933 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6934 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
6935 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
6936 instead of breakpoints.
6937 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6938
6939 This should be
6940 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
6941 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
6942 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
6943 @end deffn
6944
6945 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6946 @cindex DCC
6947 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
6948 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
6949 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6950
6951 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
6952 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
6953 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
6954 @end deffn
6955
6956 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6957 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
6958 that don't check completion of the operation.
6959 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6960
6961 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
6962 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
6963 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
6964 @end deffn
6965
6966 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
6967 @cindex ARM720T
6968
6969 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
6970 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6971 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
6972 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
6973
6974 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
6975 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6976 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6977
6978 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
6979 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6980 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
6981 @end deffn
6982
6983 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
6984 @cindex ARM9
6985
6986 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
6987 integer processors.
6988 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
6989
6990 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
6991 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
6992 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
6993 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
6994
6995 @anchor{arm9vectorcatch}
6996 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6997 @cindex vector_catch
6998 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
6999 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
7000 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
7001 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
7002 to those hardware vectors.
7003
7004 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
7005 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
7006 vector catch hardware to intercept
7007 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
7008 @option{none} of them,
7009 or a list with one or more of the following:
7010 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
7011 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
7012 @end deffn
7013
7014 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
7015 @cindex ARM920T
7016
7017 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
7018 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
7019 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
7020 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7021 and ARM9 commands.
7022
7023 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
7024 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
7025 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
7026 @end deffn
7027
7028 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
7029 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7030 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7031 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
7032 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
7033 (Not all registers can be written.)
7034 @end deffn
7035
7036 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
7037 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
7038 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
7039
7040 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
7041 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
7042 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
7043 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
7044 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
7045 or using zero if no other address is provided.
7046 @end deffn
7047
7048 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
7049 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
7050 @end deffn
7051
7052 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
7053 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
7054 @end deffn
7055
7056 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
7057 @cindex ARM926ej-s
7058
7059 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
7060 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
7061 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
7062 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7063 and ARM9 commands.
7064
7065 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
7066 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
7067
7068 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
7069 Print information about the caches found.
7070 @end deffn
7071
7072 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
7073 @cindex ARM966E
7074
7075 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
7076 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
7077 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7078 and ARM9 commands.
7079
7080 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
7081 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7082 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7083 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
7084 ARM966E-S TRM.
7085 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
7086 as required for BIST support.
7087 @end deffn
7088
7089 @subsection XScale specific commands
7090 @cindex XScale
7091
7092 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
7093
7094 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
7095 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
7096 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
7097 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
7098 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
7099 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
7100 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
7101
7102 To address this situation, OpenOCD provides the @code{xscale
7103 vector_table} command, which allows the user to explicity write
7104 individual entries to either the high or low vector table stored in
7105 the mini-IC.
7106
7107 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
7108 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
7109 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
7110 code layout in memory:
7111 @example
7112 _vectors:
7113 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7114 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7115 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7116 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7117 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7118 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7119 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7120 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7121 .org 0x100
7122 .long real_reset_vector
7123 .long real_ui_handler
7124 .long real_swi_handler
7125 .long real_pf_abort
7126 .long real_data_abort
7127 .long 0 /* unused */
7128 .long real_irq_handler
7129 .long real_fiq_handler
7130 @end example
7131
7132 Alternatively, you may choose to keep some or all of the mini-IC
7133 vector table entries synced with those written to memory by your
7134 system software. The mini-IC can not be modified while the processor
7135 is executing, but for each vector table entry not previously defined
7136 using the @code{xscale vector_table} command, OpenOCD will copy the
7137 value from memory to the mini-IC every time execution resumes from a
7138 halt. This is done for both high and low vector tables (although the
7139 table not in use may not be mapped to valid memory, and in this case
7140 that copy operation will silently fail). This means that you will
7141 need to briefly halt execution at some strategic point during system
7142 start-up; e.g., after the software has initialized the vector table,
7143 but before exceptions are enabled. A breakpoint can be used to
7144 accomplish this once the appropriate location in the start-up code has
7145 been identified. A watchpoint over the vector table region is helpful
7146 in finding the location if you're not sure. Note that the same
7147 situation exists any time the vector table is modified by the system
7148 software.
7149
7150 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
7151 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
7152 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
7153 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
7154
7155 XScale has resources to support two hardware breakpoints and two
7156 watchpoints. However, the following restrictions on watchpoint
7157 functionality apply: (1) the value and mask arguments to the @code{wp}
7158 command are not supported, (2) the watchpoint length must be a
7159 power of two and not less than four, and can not be greater than the
7160 watchpoint address, and (3) a watchpoint with a length greater than
7161 four consumes all the watchpoint hardware resources. This means that
7162 at any one time, you can have enabled either two watchpoints with a
7163 length of four, or one watchpoint with a length greater than four.
7164
7165 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
7166 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
7167
7168 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
7169 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
7170 @end deffn
7171
7172 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
7173 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
7174 @end deffn
7175
7176 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
7177 Displays information about the CPU caches.
7178 @end deffn
7179
7180 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
7181 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7182 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7183 @end deffn
7184
7185 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
7186 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
7187 @end deffn
7188
7189 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7190 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
7191 @end deffn
7192
7193 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
7194 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
7195 @end deffn
7196
7197 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7198 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
7199 @end deffn
7200
7201 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7202 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
7203 @end deffn
7204
7205 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
7206 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
7207 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
7208 and modifying how it is emptied.
7209 @end deffn
7210
7211 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
7212 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
7213 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
7214 The image @var{type} may be one of
7215 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
7216 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
7217 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
7218 @end deffn
7219
7220 @anchor{xscalevectorcatch}
7221 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
7222 @cindex vector_catch
7223 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
7224 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
7225
7226 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
7227 @example
7228 0x01 Trap Reset
7229 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
7230 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
7231 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
7232 0x10 Trap Data Abort
7233 0x20 reserved
7234 0x40 Trap IRQ
7235 0x80 Trap FIQ
7236 @end example
7237 @end deffn
7238
7239 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
7240 @cindex vector_table
7241
7242 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
7243 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
7244 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
7245 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
7246 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
7247
7248 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
7249
7250 @end deffn
7251
7252 @section ARMv6 Architecture
7253 @cindex ARMv6
7254
7255 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
7256 @cindex ARM11
7257
7258 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7259 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
7260 which is enabled by default.
7261 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7262 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
7263 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
7264 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
7265 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
7266 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
7267 @end deffn
7268
7269 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7270 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
7271 which is enabled by default.
7272 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7273 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
7274 @end deffn
7275
7276 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7277 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
7278 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
7279 they are disabled by default.
7280 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
7281 @end deffn
7282
7283 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
7284 @cindex vector_catch
7285 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
7286 coprocessor 14 register 7.
7287 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
7288
7289 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
7290 for certain hardware events.
7291 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
7292 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
7293 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
7294 @end deffn
7295
7296 @section ARMv7 Architecture
7297 @cindex ARMv7
7298
7299 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
7300 @cindex Debug Access Port
7301 @cindex DAP
7302 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
7303 included on Cortex-M and Cortex-A8 systems.
7304 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
7305
7306 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
7307 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
7308 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7309 @end deffn
7310
7311 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
7312 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
7313 @end deffn
7314
7315 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
7316 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
7317 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7318 @end deffn
7319
7320 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
7321 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
7322 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7323 @end deffn
7324
7325 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
7326 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
7327 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
7328 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
7329 @end deffn
7330
7331 @deffn Command {dap apcsw} [0 / 1]
7332 fix CSW_SPROT from register AP_REG_CSW on selected dap.
7333 Defaulting to 0.
7334 @end deffn
7335
7336 @subsection Cortex-M specific commands
7337 @cindex Cortex-M
7338
7339 @deffn Command {cortex_m maskisr} (@option{auto}|@option{on}|@option{off})
7340 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
7341
7342 The @option{auto} option handles interrupts during stepping a way they get
7343 served but don't disturb the program flow. The step command first allows
7344 pending interrupt handlers to execute, then disables interrupts and steps over
7345 the next instruction where the core was halted. After the step interrupts
7346 are enabled again. If the interrupt handlers don't complete within 500ms,
7347 the step command leaves with the core running.
7348
7349 Note that a free breakpoint is required for the @option{auto} option. If no
7350 breakpoint is available at the time of the step, then the step is taken
7351 with interrupts enabled, i.e. the same way the @option{off} option does.
7352
7353 Default is @option{auto}.
7354 @end deffn
7355
7356 @deffn Command {cortex_m vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
7357 @cindex vector_catch
7358 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
7359 for certain hardware events.
7360
7361 Parameters request interception of
7362 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
7363 @option{none} of them,
7364 or one or more of the following:
7365 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
7366 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
7367 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
7368 @option{irq_err},
7369 @option{state_err},
7370 @option{chk_err}, or
7371 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
7372 @option{reset}.
7373 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
7374 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
7375 are mapped to HardFault.
7376 UsageFault checks for
7377 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
7378 must also be explicitly enabled.
7379
7380 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
7381 @end deffn
7382
7383 @deffn Command {cortex_m reset_config} (@option{srst}|@option{sysresetreq}|@option{vectreset})
7384 Control reset handling. The default @option{srst} is to use srst if fitted,
7385 otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
7386 @itemize @minus
7387 @item @option{srst} use hardware srst if fitted otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
7388 @item @option{sysresetreq} use NVIC SYSRESETREQ to reset system.
7389 @item @option{vectreset} use NVIC VECTRESET to reset system.
7390 @end itemize
7391 Using @option{vectreset} is a safe option for all current Cortex-M cores.
7392 This however has the disadvantage of only resetting the core, all peripherals
7393 are uneffected. A solution would be to use a @code{reset-init} event handler to manually reset
7394 the peripherals.
7395 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
7396 @end deffn
7397
7398 @anchor{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing}
7399 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
7400 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
7401 @cindex tracing
7402 @cindex libdcc
7403 @cindex DCC
7404 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
7405 the target uses appropriate libraries.
7406 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
7407 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
7408
7409 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
7410 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m} cores.
7411 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
7412 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
7413 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
7414 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{armhardwaretracing,,ARM Hardware Tracing}.
7415
7416 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
7417 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
7418 arrays of various size integers from the target,
7419 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
7420 The target being debugged may
7421 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
7422 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
7423 each supported by a command:
7424
7425 @itemize
7426 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
7427 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
7428 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
7429 finding out how some fault was triggered.
7430
7431 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
7432 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
7433 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
7434
7435 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
7436 and then displayed at any time.
7437 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
7438
7439 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
7440 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
7441 @end itemize
7442
7443 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
7444 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
7445 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
7446 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
7447 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
7448 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
7449 does the same thing.
7450
7451 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
7452 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
7453 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
7454 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
7455 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
7456
7457 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
7458 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
7459 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
7460 @end deffn
7461
7462 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
7463 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
7464 in the order they triggered.
7465 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
7466 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
7467 history records.
7468 @end deffn
7469
7470 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
7471 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
7472 they have been triggered.
7473 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
7474 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
7475 and associates it with that identifier.
7476
7477 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
7478 are not related except by this command.
7479 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
7480 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
7481 @end deffn
7482
7483
7484 @node JTAG Commands
7485 @chapter JTAG Commands
7486 @cindex JTAG Commands
7487 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
7488 (@xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
7489 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
7490 may be needed to work with targets which require special
7491 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
7492
7493 To use these commands you will need to understand some
7494 of the basics of JTAG, including:
7495
7496 @itemize @bullet
7497 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
7498 devices such as a CPUs.
7499 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
7500 standard state machine (in parallel)
7501 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
7502 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
7503 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
7504 while the reading previous ones.
7505 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
7506 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
7507 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
7508 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
7509 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
7510 registers.
7511 @end itemize
7512
7513 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
7514
7515 These commands are used by developers who need to access
7516 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
7517 the order of TAP state transitions.
7518 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
7519 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
7520 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
7521 In a debug session that doesn't use JTAG for its transport protocol,
7522 these commands are not available.
7523
7524 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7525 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
7526 that specify the entire register.
7527 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
7528 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
7529 The return value holds the original value of each
7530 of those fields.
7531
7532 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
7533 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
7534 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
7535 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
7536 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
7537
7538 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
7539 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
7540
7541 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7542 in that state.
7543 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
7544 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7545 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7546
7547 @quotation Warning
7548 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
7549 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
7550 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
7551 data registers, which may have different lengths.
7552 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
7553 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
7554 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
7555 (by connecting a different scan chain).
7556 @end quotation
7557 @end deffn
7558
7559 @deffn Command {flush_count}
7560 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
7561 This may be used for performance tuning.
7562
7563 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
7564 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
7565 not change with the amount of data which is written.
7566 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
7567 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
7568 instead of batching them into larger operations.
7569 @end deffn
7570
7571 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7572 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
7573 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
7574 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
7575 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
7576 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
7577
7578 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7579 in that state.
7580 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
7581 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7582 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7583
7584 @quotation Note
7585 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
7586 register values, unlike data register values.
7587 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
7588 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
7589 @end quotation
7590 @end deffn
7591
7592 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
7593 Set values of reset signals.
7594 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
7595 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
7596 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
7597 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
7598 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
7599 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
7600 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
7601
7602 Note that TRST is specially handled.
7603 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
7604 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
7605 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
7606 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
7607 instead of the TRST signal.
7608 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
7609 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
7610 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
7611 with handlers for that event.
7612 @end deffn
7613
7614 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
7615 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
7616 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
7617 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
7618 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
7619 Then, in a series of single state transitions
7620 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
7621 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
7622 The final state must also be stable.
7623 @end deffn
7624
7625 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
7626 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
7627 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
7628 Instructions often need some time
7629 to execute before they take effect.
7630 @end deffn
7631
7632 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
7633 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
7634
7635 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7636 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
7637 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
7638 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
7639 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
7640 @end deffn
7641
7642 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7643 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
7644 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
7645 must also be enabled.
7646 Default is enabled.
7647 @end deffn
7648
7649 @section TAP state names
7650 @cindex TAP state names
7651
7652 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
7653 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
7654 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
7655 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
7656
7657 @itemize @bullet
7658 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
7659 acts as if TRST were pulsed
7660 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
7661 @item @b{DRSELECT}
7662 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
7663 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7664 through the data register
7665 @item @b{DREXIT1}
7666 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
7667 for update or more shifting
7668 @item @b{DREXIT2}
7669 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
7670 @item @b{IRSELECT}
7671 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
7672 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7673 through the instruction register
7674 @item @b{IREXIT1}
7675 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
7676 for update or more shifting
7677 @item @b{IREXIT2}
7678 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
7679 @end itemize
7680
7681 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
7682 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
7683 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
7684 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
7685
7686 @itemize @bullet
7687 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
7688 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
7689 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
7690 may not be as expected.
7691 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
7692 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
7693 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
7694 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
7695 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
7696 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
7697 @end itemize
7698
7699 @node Boundary Scan Commands
7700 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
7701
7702 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
7703 boundary scan based hardware testing.
7704 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
7705 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
7706
7707 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
7708 @cindex Serial Vector Format
7709 @cindex SVF
7710
7711 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
7712 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
7713 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7714 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7715
7716 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
7717 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7718 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
7719 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7720 each command is logged before it is executed.
7721 @end deffn
7722
7723 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7724 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7725 @cindex XSVF
7726
7727 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
7728 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
7729 Xilinx devices.
7730 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7731 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7732
7733 @quotation Important
7734 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
7735 @end quotation
7736
7737 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
7738 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7739 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
7740 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
7741 that TAP.
7742 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
7743 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
7744 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7745 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
7746 @end deffn
7747
7748 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
7749 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
7750 after building the software.
7751 You may find them useful:
7752
7753 @itemize
7754 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
7755 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
7756 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
7757 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
7758 @end itemize
7759
7760 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
7761 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
7762 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
7763 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
7764 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
7765 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
7766 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
7767
7768
7769 @node TFTP
7770 @chapter TFTP
7771 @cindex TFTP
7772 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
7773 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
7774
7775 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
7776 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
7777 server (tftpd). For example,
7778
7779 @example
7780 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
7781 @end example
7782
7783 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
7784 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
7785
7786 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
7787 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
7788 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
7789 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
7790
7791 @node GDB and OpenOCD
7792 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
7793 @cindex GDB
7794 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
7795 to debug remote targets.
7796 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
7797
7798 @itemize
7799 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
7800 @xref{gdbconfiguration,,GDB Configuration}.
7801 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
7802 as shown in this chapter.
7803 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
7804 that also will probably need to be configured.
7805 @end itemize
7806
7807 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
7808 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
7809 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
7810 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
7811 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
7812 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
7813
7814 @section Connecting to GDB
7815 @cindex Connecting to GDB
7816 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
7817 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
7818 errors, which has since been fixed; see
7819 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
7820
7821 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
7822
7823 @enumerate
7824 @item
7825 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
7826 @example
7827 target remote localhost:3333
7828 @end example
7829 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
7830
7831 It is also possible to use the GDB extended remote protocol as follows:
7832 @example
7833 target extended-remote localhost:3333
7834 @end example
7835 @item
7836 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
7837 @example
7838 target remote | openocd -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log"
7839 @end example
7840 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
7841 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
7842 session. log_output sends the log output to a file to ensure that the pipe is
7843 not saturated when using higher debug level outputs.
7844 @end enumerate
7845
7846 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
7847 GDB command line.
7848
7849 @section Sample GDB session startup
7850
7851 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
7852 than they do when you're debugging locally.
7853 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
7854 small ARM program.
7855 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
7856 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
7857
7858 @example
7859 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
7860 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
7861 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
7862 ...
7863 (gdb) monitor reset halt
7864 ...
7865 (gdb) load
7866 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
7867 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
7868 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
7869 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
7870 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
7871 (gdb) continue
7872 Continuing.
7873 ...
7874 @end example
7875
7876 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
7877 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
7878 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
7879 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
7880
7881 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
7882
7883 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
7884 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
7885 packet size and the device's memory map.
7886 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
7887 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
7888 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
7889
7890 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
7891 You may need to set those up by hand.
7892 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
7893 something like:
7894
7895 @example
7896 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
7897 @end example
7898
7899 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
7900
7901 @example
7902 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
7903 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
7904 @end example
7905
7906 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
7907 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
7908 do not have such restrictions.
7909
7910 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
7911 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
7912 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
7913
7914 @example
7915 define hook-step
7916 mon cortex_m maskisr on
7917 end
7918 define hookpost-step
7919 mon cortex_m maskisr off
7920 end
7921 @end example
7922
7923 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
7924 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
7925 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
7926 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
7927
7928 @section Programming using GDB
7929 @cindex Programming using GDB
7930 @anchor{programmingusinggdb}
7931
7932 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
7933 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
7934 @example
7935 gdb_memory_map disable
7936 @end example
7937 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
7938 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
7939 working area.
7940
7941 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
7942 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
7943 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
7944 using a memory map. @xref{gdbbreakpointoverride,,gdb_breakpoint_override}.
7945
7946 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
7947 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
7948
7949 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
7950 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
7951 @example
7952 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
7953 @end example
7954
7955 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
7956 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
7957
7958 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
7959 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
7960 will be used.
7961
7962 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
7963 script can be executed:
7964 @example
7965 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
7966 @end example
7967
7968 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
7969 can be used.
7970 @anchor{usingopenocdsmpwithgdb}
7971 @section Using OpenOCD SMP with GDB
7972 @cindex SMP
7973 For SMP support following GDB serial protocol packet have been defined :
7974 @itemize @bullet
7975 @item j - smp status request
7976 @item J - smp set request
7977 @end itemize
7978
7979 OpenOCD implements :
7980 @itemize @bullet
7981 @item @option{jc} packet for reading core id displayed by
7982 GDB connection. Reply is @option{XXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits giving core id) or
7983 @option{E01} for target not smp.
7984 @item @option{JcXXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits) packet for setting core id displayed at next GDB continue
7985 (core id -1 is reserved for returning to normal resume mode). Reply @option{E01}
7986 for target not smp or @option{OK} on success.
7987 @end itemize
7988
7989 Handling of this packet within GDB can be done :
7990 @itemize @bullet
7991 @item by the creation of an internal variable (i.e @option{_core}) by mean
7992 of function allocate_computed_value allowing following GDB command.
7993 @example
7994 set $_core 1
7995 #Jc01 packet is sent
7996 print $_core
7997 #jc packet is sent and result is affected in $
7998 @end example
7999
8000 @item by the usage of GDB maintenance command as described in following example (2 cpus in SMP with
8001 core id 0 and 1 @pxref{definecputargetsworkinginsmp,,Define CPU targets working in SMP}).
8002
8003 @example
8004 # toggle0 : force display of coreid 0
8005 define toggle0
8006 maint packet Jc0
8007 continue
8008 main packet Jc-1
8009 end
8010 # toggle1 : force display of coreid 1
8011 define toggle1
8012 maint packet Jc1
8013 continue
8014 main packet Jc-1
8015 end
8016 @end example
8017 @end itemize
8018
8019
8020 @node Tcl Scripting API
8021 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
8022 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
8023 @cindex Tcl scripts
8024 @section API rules
8025
8026 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
8027 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
8028 information as an argument to each proc.
8029
8030 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
8031 pair list and lists.
8032
8033 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
8034 list.
8035
8036 @verbatim
8037
8038 > set foo(me) Duane
8039 > set foo(you) Oyvind
8040 > set foo(mouse) Micky
8041 > set foo(duck) Donald
8042
8043 If one does this:
8044
8045 > set foo
8046
8047 The result is:
8048
8049 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
8050
8051 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
8052
8053 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
8054 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
8055 }
8056 @end verbatim
8057
8058 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
8059 should be passed in to the proc in question.
8060
8061 @section Internal low-level Commands
8062
8063 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
8064
8065 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
8066 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
8067 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
8068
8069 @itemize @bullet
8070 @item @b{mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
8071
8072 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
8073 @item @b{array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
8074
8075 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
8076 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
8077
8078 Return information about the flash banks
8079 @end itemize
8080
8081 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
8082 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
8083 called "flash_banks".
8084
8085 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
8086
8087 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
8088 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
8089 holds one of the following values:
8090
8091 @itemize @bullet
8092 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
8093 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
8094 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
8095 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
8096 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
8097 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
8098 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
8099 @end itemize
8100
8101 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
8102
8103 @quotation Note
8104 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
8105 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
8106 @code{jim_platform} (because it
8107 is jim, not real tcl).
8108 @end quotation
8109
8110 @node FAQ
8111 @chapter FAQ
8112 @cindex faq
8113 @enumerate
8114 @anchor{faqrtck}
8115 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
8116 @cindex RTCK
8117 @cindex adaptive clocking
8118 @*
8119
8120 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
8121 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
8122 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
8123 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
8124
8125 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
8126 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
8127 for example. There are 2 basic options:
8128 @enumerate
8129 @item
8130 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
8131 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
8132 @item
8133 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
8134 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
8135 @end enumerate
8136
8137 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
8138 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
8139 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
8140 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
8141 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
8142 power).
8143
8144 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
8145 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
8146 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
8147 ARM926 scenario).
8148 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
8149 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
8150 JTAG can use a faster clock.
8151
8152 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
8153 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
8154 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
8155 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
8156
8157 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
8158
8159 In order to make use of this,
8160 your CPU, board, and JTAG adapter must all support the RTCK
8161 feature. Not all of them support this; keep reading!
8162
8163 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
8164 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
8165 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
8166 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
8167 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
8168
8169 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
8170 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
8171 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
8172 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
8173
8174 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
8175 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
8176 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
8177 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
8178 with a CPLD.
8179 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
8180 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
8181 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
8182 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
8183 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
8184 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
8185
8186 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
8187
8188 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
8189
8190 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
8191 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
8192 depending on the chips on your board.
8193 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
8194 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
8195 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
8196
8197 Note: most full speed FT2232 based JTAG adapters are limited to a
8198 maximum of 6MHz. The ones using USB high speed chips (FT2232H)
8199 often support faster clock rates (and adaptive clocking).
8200
8201 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
8202 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
8203 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
8204 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
8205
8206 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
8207 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
8208 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
8209 this way.
8210
8211 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
8212 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
8213 clock rate.
8214 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
8215 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
8216 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
8217
8218 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
8219
8220 @example
8221 # Example: 1.234MHz
8222 adapter_khz 1234
8223 @end example
8224
8225
8226 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
8227
8228 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
8229 around Windows filenames.
8230
8231 @example
8232 > echo \a
8233
8234 > echo @{\a@}
8235 \a
8236 > echo "\a"
8237
8238 >
8239 @end example
8240
8241
8242 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
8243
8244 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
8245 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
8246 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
8247
8248 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
8249 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
8250 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
8251
8252 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
8253 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
8254 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
8255
8256 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
8257
8258 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
8259 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
8260 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
8261 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
8262
8263 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
8264 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
8265 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
8266
8267 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
8268 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
8269
8270 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
8271 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
8272 memory read caused data abort".
8273
8274 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
8275 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
8276 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
8277 be done, feel free to add this here.
8278
8279 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
8280 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
8281 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
8282 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
8283 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
8284 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
8285 gracefully stops.
8286
8287 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
8288 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
8289 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
8290
8291 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
8292 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
8293 bytes. Painful...
8294
8295
8296 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
8297 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
8298
8299 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
8300 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
8301 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
8302 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
8303 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
8304 reset, everything else should work fine.
8305
8306 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
8307 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
8308 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
8309 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
8310
8311 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
8312 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
8313 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
8314 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
8315
8316 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
8317
8318 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
8319 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
8320 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
8321 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
8322
8323 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
8324 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
8325 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
8326 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
8327
8328 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
8329 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
8330 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
8331
8332 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
8333 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
8334
8335 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
8336 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
8337 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000
8338 0x0 0x40000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
8339 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
8340 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
8341 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
8342 clock frequency?
8343
8344 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
8345 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
8346 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
8347 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
8348 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
8349
8350 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
8351
8352 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
8353 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
8354 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
8355 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
8356 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
8357 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
8358 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
8359
8360 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
8361
8362 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
8363 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
8364 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
8365 up DRAM and loading it with code.
8366
8367 @anchor{faqtaporder}
8368 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
8369 particular order?
8370
8371 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
8372 the same order used by the hardware.
8373
8374 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
8375 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
8376 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
8377 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
8378 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
8379 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
8380
8381 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
8382 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
8383 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
8384 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
8385
8386 @itemize @bullet
8387 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
8388 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
8389 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
8390 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
8391 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
8392 @end itemize
8393
8394 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
8395
8396 @itemize @bullet
8397 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
8398 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
8399 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
8400 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
8401 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
8402 @end itemize
8403
8404
8405 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
8406 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
8407 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
8408
8409 TODO.
8410
8411 @end enumerate
8412
8413 @node Tcl Crash Course
8414 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
8415 @cindex Tcl
8416
8417 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
8418 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
8419 how the Tcl scripts work.
8420
8421 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
8422 who need to understand a bit more of how Jim-Tcl works so they can do
8423 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
8424 OpenOCD.
8425
8426 @section Tcl Rule #1
8427 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
8428 @enumerate
8429 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
8430 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8431 @end enumerate
8432
8433 The Tcl equal is this:
8434
8435 @enumerate
8436 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
8437 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8438 @end enumerate
8439
8440 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
8441 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
8442
8443 @section Tcl Rule #1b
8444 There is a second pair of rules.
8445 @enumerate
8446 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
8447 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
8448 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
8449 in Tcl.
8450 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8451 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
8452 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
8453 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
8454 @end enumerate
8455
8456 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
8457 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
8458 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
8459 Everything is a string}
8460
8461 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
8462 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
8463 difference is subtle.
8464 @enumerate
8465 @item Parse Time
8466 @item Evaluation Time
8467 @end enumerate
8468
8469 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
8470 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
8471 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
8472
8473 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
8474 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
8475 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
8476 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
8477
8478 @itemize @bullet
8479 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
8480 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
8481 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
8482 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
8483 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
8484 @example
8485 # bash example
8486 X=`date`
8487 echo "The Date is: $X"
8488 # Tcl example
8489 set X [date]
8490 puts "The Date is: $X"
8491 @end example
8492 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
8493 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
8494 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
8495 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
8496 is a string}
8497 @example
8498 set x "Dinner"
8499 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
8500 @end example
8501 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
8502 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
8503 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
8504 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
8505 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
8506 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
8507 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
8508 @end itemize
8509
8510 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
8511
8512 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
8513
8514 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
8515
8516 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
8517 the normal way.
8518
8519 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
8520 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
8521 line is immedatly executed.
8522
8523 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
8524 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
8525
8526 @subsection Command Execution
8527
8528 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
8529 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
8530 control flow operators.
8531
8532 Commands are executed like this:
8533
8534 @enumerate
8535 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
8536 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
8537 @item Repeat until End Of File.
8538 @end enumerate
8539
8540 It sort of works like this:
8541 @example
8542 for(;;)@{
8543 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
8544
8545 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
8546
8547 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
8548 @}
8549 @end example
8550
8551 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
8552 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
8553 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
8554 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
8555 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
8556 ``LookupCommand()''
8557
8558 @subsection The FOR command
8559
8560 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
8561 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
8562 command just like any other command.
8563
8564 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
8565 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
8566 are:
8567
8568 @enumerate 0
8569 @item The ascii text 'for'
8570 @item The start text
8571 @item The test expression
8572 @item The next text
8573 @item The body text
8574 @end enumerate
8575
8576 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
8577 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
8578 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
8579 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
8580
8581 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
8582 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
8583
8584 @example
8585 int
8586 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
8587 int *argc,
8588 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
8589 @end example
8590
8591 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
8592 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
8593 still operates in the same basic way.
8594
8595 @subsection FOR command implementation
8596
8597 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
8598 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
8599
8600 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
8601
8602 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
8603
8604 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
8605 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
8606 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
8607
8608 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
8609 expression and returns a value.
8610
8611 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
8612 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
8613 @example
8614 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
8615
8616 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
8617
8618 int
8619 MyForCommand( void *interp,
8620 int argc,
8621 char **argv )
8622 @{
8623 if( argc != 5 )@{
8624 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
8625 return ERROR;
8626 @}
8627
8628 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
8629
8630 // Execute the start statement.
8631 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
8632
8633 // Top of loop test
8634 for(;;)@{
8635 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
8636 if( i == 0 )
8637 break;
8638
8639 // Execute the body
8640 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
8641
8642 // Execute the LOOP part
8643 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
8644 @}
8645
8646 // Return no error
8647 SetResult( interp, "" );
8648 return SUCCESS;
8649 @}
8650 @end example
8651
8652 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
8653 in the same basic way.
8654
8655 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
8656
8657 @subsection source and find commands
8658 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
8659 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
8660 @*Remember the parsing rules
8661 @enumerate
8662 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
8663 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
8664 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
8665 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
8666 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
8667 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
8668 That character begins Tcl comments.)
8669 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
8670 it reads a file and executes as a script.
8671 @end enumerate
8672 @subsection format command
8673 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
8674 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
8675 @b{sprintf()}.
8676 @b{Example}
8677 @example
8678 set x 6
8679 set y 7
8680 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
8681 @end example
8682 @enumerate
8683 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
8684 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
8685 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
8686 @* Refer to Rule #1
8687 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
8688 @* Refer to Rule #1.
8689 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
8690 @end enumerate
8691 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
8692 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
8693 @example
8694 #1 Good
8695 proc someproc @{@} @{
8696 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
8697 @}
8698 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
8699 #2 Good - no variables
8700 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
8701 #3 Good Curly Braces
8702 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
8703 puts "Time: [date]"
8704 @}
8705 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
8706 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
8707 @end example
8708 @enumerate
8709 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
8710 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
8711 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
8712 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
8713 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
8714 command.
8715 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
8716 @*There are 4 examples:
8717 @enumerate
8718 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
8719 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
8720 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
8721 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
8722 @end enumerate
8723
8724 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
8725 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
8726 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
8727
8728 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
8729 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
8730 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
8731 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
8732 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
8733 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
8734 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
8735 @end enumerate
8736 @subsection Global Variables
8737 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
8738 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
8739 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
8740 @example
8741 proc myproc @{ @} @{
8742 set y 0 #Local variable Y
8743 global x #Global variable X
8744 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
8745 @}
8746 @end example
8747 @section Other Tcl Hacks
8748 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
8749 @example
8750 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
8751 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
8752 # Create var name
8753 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
8754 # Make it a global
8755 global $vn
8756 # Set it.
8757 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
8758 @}
8759 @end example
8760 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
8761 @example
8762 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
8763 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
8764 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
8765 @}
8766 @end example
8767
8768 @include fdl.texi
8769
8770 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
8771 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
8772 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
8773 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
8774 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
8775 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
8776
8777 @printindex cp
8778
8779 @node Command and Driver Index
8780 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
8781 @printindex fn
8782
8783 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)